SATRON VVFe Pressure Transmitter

SATRON VVFe Pressure Transmitter
Index
Index
27.03.2017
Pressure measurement
SATRON VT
SATRON VB
Pressure transmitter
Pressure transmitter
Differential pressure and flow measurement
SATRON VDt
Differential pressure transmitter
SATRON VDU
Differential pressure transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
Condensate pot
Liquid level measurement
SATRON VG
SATRON VV
SATRON VVFe
SATRON VL
SATRON VDtL
Pressure transmitter
Pressure transmitter
Pressure transmitter
Pressure transmitter
Differential pressure transmitter
Page
7
15
23
30
40
44
50
56
62
70
Installation of p and dp transmitters
PASVE
Mounting and service valve
PASVE BA
Mounting and service valve
PASVE pH
Mounting and service valve
PASVE DUAL
Mounting and service valve
PASVE pH-U
Mounting and service valve
PASVE SC/SP/ST
Sampling valve
Mounting couplings for VG transmitters
Mounting couplings for VT/VTe transmitters
80
82
86
90
94
98
102
107
Hydraulic pressure seal and actuators
HPS
HPS BA/BB
PISTOR 75
113
123
131
Hydraulic pressure seal
Hydraulic pressure seal BA / BB
pneumatic power cylinder
Turbidity and solids content measurement
SATRON VO
Turbidity and solids content sensor
SATRON VOA
Turbidity and solids content sensor
133
141
Consistency measurement and sampling
SATRON VCT
SATRON VCA
SATRON VCB
SATRON VCF
SATRON VCK
SATRON VCL
Optical total consistency transmitter
Optical total consistency transmitter + Ash
Optical brightness transmitter
Optical freeness Transmitter
Optical total lignin content transmitter
Optical low consistency transmitter
148
152
156
160
164
168
SATRON SAVE
SATRON SAVE H
Sampler
Pulp sampler for high-consistencies
174
177
Satron Instruments Inc. P.O.Box22, FI-33901 Tampere,Finland
Tel.+358207464801, Telefax+358207464801
www.satron.com, info@satron.com, sale@satron.com
Index
4
5
Index
+
-
&#( ,#'#
&
!
!
+
""#
$
'()*+ , (*+
%
(
&'!
%
0-)
-. / , . /
1)-)
%
+
)
.
,1/
(
)1/
+
/
.
,1/
, (*+
1)*+
+
!
2
!
"
!
5
#
0
167
3
4
*
!
#
$
!
%
!
!
#
!
0
0
.
.
- / + +5 3 4
202 3 2 +- 4
*4
-
6 +6 5+26
1
.
1
!"
# $%$ "
&
!"
# $%$ "
'''
.
6
Index
1/01
Pressure measurement
December 31, 2014
Our instruments for pressure measurement:
VT pressure transmitter .......... Spec. BPV710
VB pressure transmitter .......... Spec. BPLV770
Process connections
Some typical connections for tapping the
pressure are shown below. Fig. 1a is for
liquids and gases, fig. 1b for steam, and
fig. 1c for high-pressure service. Suggested material for the branch shown in fig.
1c is e.g. St35.8 or 13CrMo44. All burrs
should be carefully removed from the
tapping point. The processor coupling
must be welded with a thin compound
rod (max. diameter Ø 2.0 mm) to avoid
harmful thermal strains, Fig. 1d.
Connection pipe
Recommended materials for the connection pipe:
- AISI304 stainless steel
- AISI316 acid-resistant steel
For high pressure measurements (above
100 bar):
- St35.8 or 13CrMo44 heat-resistant
steels
Pressure
transmitters
ALSO SUITABLE FOR PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
VG pressure transmitter ................ Spec. BPLV700
VL pressure transmitter ................ Spec. BLV820
SEE ALSO:
HPS hydraulic pressure seal ......... Spec. BP415
Recommended pipe dimensions
(o.d. x wall thickness):
- Ø 12 × 1 mm, Ø 12 × 1.5 mm, or
Ø 14 × 2.5 mm.
It is recommendable always to equip the
connection pipe with shut-off valves and,
when necessary, with a pressure gauge
connection valve.
For low pressures and for fluids liable
to form sediments a ball valve should
be used as shut-off valve. A threaded or
welded needle valve is used for steam
and high pressures.
loop (12) is installed below the transmitter for collecting condensates.
Figure 2 gives an example of the measurement pipe arrangement for a pressure
transmitter.
Figure 3 illustrates some applications of
a pressure transmitter.
Figure 2
Protection from pulsation
If pulsations caused by the process occur
at the point of measurement, the instrument should be protected by means of
a restriction, damping pot, or equivalent
means. See figure 2 for connection pipe
configuration. After the shut-off valve there is a bend for protective liquid or gas. A
Adjustability
Span
min.
Measuring range
max.
VT3
VT4
VT5
VT6
VTA6
VT7
VT8
1.4 kPa (14 mbar)
4 kPa (40 mbar)
26.5 kPa (265 mbar)
0.145 MPa (1.45 bar)
0.145 MPa (1.45 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
6.7 MPa (67 bar)
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar
3 MPa (30bar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
15 MPa (150 bar)
100 MPa (1000 bar)
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...+30 bar)
0...+3 MPa (0...+30 bar), abs.
0...+15 MPa (0...+150 bar), abs.
-0.1...+100 MPa (-1...+1000 bar)
VB 4
VB 5
VB 6
4 kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0.03 MPa (0.3 bar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30bar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
-0,1...+3 MPa (-1...+30 bar)
Figure 1
a
1 Pressure transmitter VT
2 Ø 12 / G½ stud coupling
3 Ø 12-G½ pressure gauge
connector
4 Ø 12-G½ stud coupling
5 R1/2 pressure gauge connector
6 Gasket 18.5 x 7 mm
7 G½ ball valve
8 Process connection G½
9 Pipe 12 mm dia. x 1.5 mm AISI 316
10 Ø 12 / G½ connector
Figure 3
b
c
d
a. Installation of pressure transmitter VG
b. Steam and liquid pressure measurement
c. Gas pressure measurement with pressure transmitter VT
d. Level measurement using the bubbling method
e. Level measurement with pressure transmitter VG
f. Level measurement; installation by means of the
PASVE mounting valve
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
7
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
M2, revision 5
01.06.2015
SATRON VT pressure transmitter belongs to the series V-transmitters.
SATRON VT is used for 0-1.4 kPa...0-100 MPa ranges. It is a 2-wire
transmitter with HART® standard communication. In pressure measuring applications SATRON VT-transmitters are used for measuring
the pressure of clean gases, steam and non-crystallizing liquids.The
transmitter's sensor is piezoresistive. The rangeability is 100:1 for types
VT6 - VT8.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified
range depending from the desired
option. This can be made by using
extern control shafts, keyboard (display
option), HART®275/375 communicator.
Damping
Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process:
Process connections 1 and 2:
-30 to +125 °C
Process connections 3 and 5:
-30 to +80 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display:
0 to +50ºC (does not affect operation of
the transmitter)
Pressure limits Min. and max. process
pressure: See the appended tables.
Volumetric displacement
< 0.5 mm3 /max. span
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function
(16 points)specified by the user
Process connections 3 and 5:
±0.10 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges 5:1-100:1:
±[0.025+0.01 x (
max.span
) ]% of
calibrated span
calibrated span
Diaphragm material AISI304:
±1,5 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-100:1 /max.range).
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and repeatability)
Long-term stability
±0.1 %/max. span/12 months
Temperature effect on compensated
temperature ranges -20...+80 °C
Zero and span shift:
±0.15 % of max. span
Mounting position effect
(VT3 - VT7)
Zero error < 0.32 kPa, which can be
calibrated out.
VT8: mounting position has no effect
Enclosure class IP66
Housing with PLUG connector, housing type codes H and T
Housing: AISI316, Seals: Viton® and
NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF, protected with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, housing type codes M and N
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrile
and Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing :
Codes L and K :
PTFE hose with AISI316 braiding.
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Load / Ω
Imax = 20.5mA
Power supply effect
< ±0.01 of calibrated span per volt
Supply voltage / V
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH; freezing of condensed
water not allowed in reference pressure
channels.
CONSTRUCTION AND CALIBRATION
Materials
Diaphragm 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
AISI304 (EN 1.4301), Duplex (EN
1.4462), Hast. C276 (EN 2.4819), Tantalum or Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035).
Accuracy
Process connections 1 and 2:
±0.05 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-5:1 /max.range).
Filling fluid: Silicone oil or inert oil
(VT3 - VT7)
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
±0.1 % of measuring range/
2g/10 to 2000 Hz
4g/10 to 100 Hz
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12-35 VDC.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span,
no range elevation, horizontal mounting; AISI316L diaphragm, silicone oil
fill.
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, SIS 2343.
Imin = 3.7mA
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Rmax = Supply voltage - 10V
Imax
Pressure limits
Supply voltage for transmitter
without intrinsic safety (not ATEX)
Minimum process pressure
Maximum process pressure, MPa
Transmitter
type
VT3
VT4
VT5
VT6
VT7
VT8
Imax = 20.5mA using HART®-communication
Imax = 23mA (when the alarm current 22.5mA is on)
Max.
overload
pressure
Pressure
class
0.2
0.3
1.5
7.5
40.0
100.0
PN40
PN40
PN40
PN100
PN250
PN1000
(VT8: no min. pressure limitations)
Tproc.
°C
20
40
80
120
Minimum pressure for
different fill fluids (kPa, abs.)
DC200
100 cSt
5
8
16
21
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
Inert oil
8
10
28
53
8
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1 s. damping. (If range is
not specified, transmitter is calibrated for maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, H and T:
PLUG connector, connector type DIN 43650 model AF; Pg9
gland for cable; wire cross-section 0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, M and N:
M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT inlet; screw terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
wires
Weight
Transmitter
- with housing types H and T
- with housing type M and N
01.06.2015
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in potentially explosive atmosphere requiring category 1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element
may be charged by the flow of non-conducting media,
so there may be electrostatic hazard with IIC-gases.
These units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected according to the manufacturers instructions.
: 0,7 kg
: 1.2 kg
Product Certifications
European Directive Information
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All pressure transmitters
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX Directive.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED)
(97/23/EC)
All Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
Transmitters with nominal pressure higher than 200
bar fulfil the requirements of the Conformity Assessment procedure Module A of the directive.
Load / Ω
Hazardous Locations Certifications
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Supply voltage / V
Rmax = Supply voltage - 10V
Imax
Imax = 20.5mA using HART®-communication
Imax = 23mA (when the alarm current 22.5mA is
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
9
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
01.06.2015
Ø48
165 VT3 ...VT7, ATEX +15
145 VT8, ATEX +15
Pg 9 std. housing codes H and T
75
Ø48
165 VT3 ...VT7, ATEX +15
145 VT8, ATEX +15
M20 x 1,5 std. housing code M
70
195 VT3 ...VT7, ATEX +15
175 VT8, ATEX +15
M20 x 1,5 std. housing code N
G½ A DIN 16288
Dimensions ( in mm)
Hex 36 VT3 ... VT7
Hex 27 VT8
10
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
G½ A
DIN 16288
195 VT3 ...VT7, ATEX +15
175 VT8, ATEX +15
Hex 36 VT3 ... VT7
Hex 27 VT8
91
Dimensions ( in mm)
01.06.2015
PG9 housing N with plug DIN 43650,
code N_ / P
100
140, ATEX-transmitter +15
PG9 std. housing type H
M20x1,5 std housing type M
Ø26.8
55
G½A
20,5
Process connection G½A, flush
mounted with o-ring, code 5
Hex 27
161, ATEX-transmitter +15
DIN3852-E-G½
70
Ø26.8
14
Hex 27
M20x1,5 std housing type N
Process connection
DIN3852-E-G½A, flush
mounted, code 3
11
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
01.06.2015
Clearance for
cover removal
100
Housing codes H, T and M 215
Housing code N 245
Atex transmitter code 1, +15
170
Dimensions (mm)
Option K
125
110
149
min. R75
60
Option L
Pg9 std. housing type H and T
M20x1.5 std. housing types M and N
min. 290
37
15
42
23
15
G½
Ø26,3
M8
PMC 1" (Ø26,3), for process connection code 5
Orded code : T1320310
Thread ½ - 14 NPT
Orded code : T1320293
Hex 27
For example the process connection of the
flush mounted transmitter (DIN3852-E-G½)
can be changed using modification adapters.
½ - NPT
G½
Hex 27
G¼A DIN16288
Thread DIN16288 - G½A
Orded code : T1320291
Hex 27
G½
G½
G½A
25
½ - NPT
47
Hex 27
G½
DIN16288
Remote electronics, connecting cable with
protection hose, codes L and K
Other adapter sizes, please contact to
Satron Instruments Inc.
21
Thread DIN16288 - G¼A
Orded code : T1320292
35
Thread ½ - 14 NPT, female
Orded code : M1050471
Modification adapters of the process connection, for types VT3 ... VT8
12
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
01.06.2015
Wiring
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Housing with terminal strip and
display with plug connector DIN
43650 , code N _/ _P
Housing with terminal strip
and display, code N
Keyboard :
Esc
=
=
=
Enter
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, codes H and T
Use of selector switch :
RUN = working position
PZ = Process value zero
D
= Damping adjustment
S
= Span adjustment
Z
= Zero adjustment
DN = Down
UP = Up
Housing with PLUG connector, code T
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
Housing with display, code N
13
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
01.06.2015
Selection Chart
Adjustability
VT3
VT4
VT5
VTA5
VT6
VTA6
VT7
VT8
Span, min
1.4 kPa (14 mbar)
4 kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0.03 MPa (0.3 bar)
0.03 MPa (0.3 bar)
0.15 MPa (1.5 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
Output
S 4-20mA DC/HART®
Span, max
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30bar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
15 MPa (150 bar)
100 MPa (1000 bar)
-protocol
Process connection
1
G ½A DIN 16288 (male)
2 ½ - NPT (male)
5
G½A (male), Flush Mounted, with o-ring, not VT3, VT8
Wetted material
Measuring range
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
0...+500 kPa (0...5000 mbar), abs.
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...+30 bar)
0...+3 MPa (0...+30 bar), abs.
0...+15 MPa (0...+150 bar), abs.
-0.1...+100 MPa (-1...+1000 bar)
Body
Code
2
3
6
8
3
Material
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819) (*)
Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035) (*)
Duplex (EN 1.4462) (*)
Fill fluid (specify for types VT3 - VT7)
DIN 3852-X-G½A (male), Flush Mounted, not VT3, VT8
Diaphragm
Code Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4435) (no VT8)
3
Hast. C276 (EN 2.4819) (no VT3, VT8) (*)
5
Tantalum (no VT3, VT8) (*)
6
Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035) (no VT3, VT4) (*)
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462) (no VT3, VT8) (*)
A
AISI304 (EN 1.4301)
Silicone oil
S
G Inert oil
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
T
Housing with PLUG-connector and with manual adjust, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9, (no ATEX)
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion proof 0 No explosion proof classification
1 Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 1 GD T135°C (**)
Process coupling
0
No coupling
1
Threaded coupling G½, DIN 16288
2
Threaded coupling G½, DIN 3852-X-G½ (Flush-Mounted)
3
Threaded coupling G½, for process connection code 5
4
Threaded coupling ½ - NPT, for process connection code 2
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13.5
P
Plug DIN 43650
Special features
Remote electronics (specify only if housing connected with cable to sensing element)
- connecting cable with protection hose
L Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, straight
K Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, angle of 90°
Length of connection cable between sensing element and housing
2 2 m cable
3 3 m cable
etc. (max. 10 meter)
Mounting parts for remote electronics for Ø 51 mm tube
0 No mounting parts 1 Mounting parts
Documentation
Calibration certificate
AE
English
Installation and operating instructions I E
English
IF
Finnish
Material certificates
O
No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
(*) = not for process connection code 3
II 2 GD T135°C
(**) = Housing H and N :
ATEX transmitter with display are the model without membrane key.
14
Index
BPV710
SATRON VT Pressure Transmitter
01.06.2015
Process couplings
ØD out
Ø27 +0.4
C
Ød
Ø30
B
A
G½
Ø27 +0.4
2.5
G½
2.5
16.5
Order code : M1050369
E
Other sizes, please contact to Satron Instruments Inc.
G½
Process coupling DIN 3852-X-G½
T-coupling DIN 3852-X-G½, sizes DN15 - 25
30
14
Ø28
Order code : M1050367
Ø28
½ - NPT
Process coupling DIN 16288 - G½
Coupling
Order code: M1050368
Ø30
Ø18,3
G½
Ø27
Process coupling ½ - NPT
Welding assistant
M1050370MS
Welding Sequence
2
23,5
Order code: M1050515
Process coupling G½ (for process connection
code 5)
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomers.
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon® is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co
Welding the coupling M1050369
15
Index
BPLV770
M2, revision 2
15.2.2013
SATRON VB Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VB pressure transmitter belongs to the series
V transmitters.
SATRON VB is user-friendly, through the ball valve mounted
transmitter which is used for 0-4 kPa ... 0-3 MPa ranges.
The transmitter communicates in a 2-wire system.
In pressure measuring applications SATRON VB transmitter
is used for measuring the pressure of gases, steams and
sedimenting, crystallizing and sticking liquids. The
transmitter's sensor is piezoresistive. The rangeability of the
model VB6 is 100:1. The transmitter communicates digitally
using the HART® protocol.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified
range depending from the desired
option. This can be made by using a
HART®275/375 communicator.
Accuracy
±0.1 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1 - 7.5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges
7.5:1 - 100:1:
±[0.025+0.010 x ( max.span
)]%
of calibrated span calibrated span
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable from 0.01 to 60 s.
Long-term stability
±0.1 % / max. span / 12 months
Response time
Maximum 100 ms
Temperature effect on compensated
temperature ranges -20...+80 °C:
Zero and span error, types VB5 and
VB6: ±0.15 % of max.span.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: -30 to +125 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C
Operating temperature of display: 0 to
+50ºC (does not affect operation of the
transmitter)
Pressure limits
Min. and max. process pressure:
See the appended tables.
Volumetric displacement
< 0.5 mm3 /max. span
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function
(16 points) specified by the user.
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12 - 35 VDC.
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH; freezing of condensed
water is not allowed in reference
pressure channels.
Zero and span error, type VB4:
±0.25 % of max.span
Mounting position effect (VB4 ... VB6)
Zero error < 0.15 kPa which can be
calibrated out.
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
±0.1 % of measuring range/
2g/10 to 2000 Hz
4g/10 to 100 Hz
Housing with PLUG connector,
housing type code H
Housing: AISI303/316
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF,
protected with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, housing type codes M and N
Housing: AISI303/316; Seals: Nitrile
and Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Filling fluid: Silicone oil or inert oil
Enclosure class IP66
Load / Ω
1500
1250
I
= 20.5mA
max
1000
750
Power supply effect
< ±0.01 % of calibrated span per volt
500
Operating
region
250
European Directive Information
European Pressure Equipment Directive
(PED) (97/23/EY)
- Sound Engineering Practice
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
-All pressure transmitters
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz
0
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Supply voltage / V
Rmax = Supply voltage - 10V
I max
I
= 20.5mA using HART®-communication
max
I
= 23mA (when the alarm current 22.5mA is on)
max
Pressure limits
Maximum process pressure, MPa
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span,
no range elevation, horizontal mounting;
O-ring seals, AISI316L diaphragm,
silicone oil fill.
CONSTRUCTION
Wetted materials: AISI316L (EN
1.4404 and EN 1.4435)
Other materials: AISI316L, AISI303
I
= 3.7mA
min
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Transmitter
type
VB4
VB5
VB6
Max.
overload.
pressure, MPa
Pressure
class
0.3
1.5
7.5
PN40
PN40
PN100
Minimum process pressure
Tproc.
°C
20
40
80
120
Minimimum pressure for
different fill fluid (kPa, abs.)
DC200
Inert
100 cSt
oil
5
8
16
21
8
10
28
53
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
Index
16
BPLV770
SATRON VB Pressure Transmitter
Calibration
Transmitter is calibrated for maximum range with 1 sec.
damping
Calibration for customer-specified range and item
positioning must be mentioned in the order.
15.2.2013
Load / Ω
1400
1250
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code H
PLUG connector, connector type DIN 43650 model AF; Pg9
gland for cable; wire cross section 0,5...1,5 mm2.
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, code M
M16x1.5 inlet; screw terminals for
0,5...2,5 mm2 wires
1000
750
500
Operating
region
250
Product Certifications
28
0
European Directive Information
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All pressure transmitters
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX
Directive.
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/
23/EC)
All Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
Hazardous Locations Certifications
Weight
Transmitter
- with housing type H:
- with housing type M:
- with housing type N:
0.9 kg
1.4 kg
1.5 kg
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in
potentially explosive atmosphere requiring category
1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element
may be charged by the flow of non-conducting
media, so there may be electrostatic hazard with
IIC-gases. These units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected
according to the manufacturers instructions.
Keyboard :
Esc
= Press Esc to move back towards the top of the main menu.
= Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level or to increase
the selected parameter value.
= Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu level or to decrease
the selected parameter value.
Enter
= Press Enter to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept a command
or parameter value.
Housing with display, code N
17
Index
BPLV770
SATRON VB Pressure Transmitter
15.2.2013
Dimensions
(mm)
A
B
PG9 std. housing type H
E
D
Ø48
C
Hex 41
Hex 36
Process
connection
code
Ø48
1
Dim. A
Dim. B
Dim. C
Dim. D
228
109
20
Ø24.5
75
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, code M
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type M
70
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display, code N
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type N
Thread
E
G1A
18
Index
BPLV770
SATRON VB Pressure Transmitter
15.2.2013
90
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display and plugconnector DIN 43650, code N--- /-P
PG9 std. housing type N with plug DIN 43650
Enter
Esc
mA
mA
-
-
+
Hart®
mA
+ -
Test
2
1
+ -
+
Test
Test
3
Load
2
1
Power
2
1
3
Load
Load
Power
Power
Wiring
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, code H
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Housing with terminal strip, code N
Satron SI-Toole
Order code : M1330001
Um+
Si-Toole
USB / HART R modem
www.satron.com
Um-
USB
USB
Rx
Vsup+
Tx
HART
P wr OK
+5V
Ext. p ower in
9... 30V
DC or AC
Um4mA = 0.4V
20mA = 2VDC
+
24V
-
Rx
28 mA
HART R
Tx
Vsup-
100R
0.01%
IL
Um+
150R
IP40
NOTE! Do not switch Vsup ON in live circuit
Vsup
ON/OFF
3
2
1
Load
Power
Wiring housing N with plug DIN 43650, code N- / P
Connection with Satron SI-Toole
USB-HART® modem
+
19
Index
BPLV770
SATRON VB Pressure Transmitter
15.2.2013
Selection Chart
Adjustability
Span, min
Span, max
VB 4
VB 5
VB 6
4 kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0.03 MPa (0.3 bar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30bar)
Output
S
Measuring range
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...+30 bar)
4-20mA DC/HART®
Process
connection
1
Thread G1A, extension diameter Ø24.5 mm, extension length 109 mm
Wetted materials
Body
Code Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
Fill fluid
S
Silicone oil
Diaphragm
Code Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4435)
G Inert oil (*)
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion
proof
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13,5
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE
0 No explosion proof classification 1 Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 1 GD T135°C (**)
P PLUG connector, DIN43650
English
Installation and operating instructions
IE
English
IF
Finnish
Material certificates
O
No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2
(DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B
(DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
(*) = Oxygen cleaning must be mentioned in the order
(**) = Housing H and N :
II 2 GD T135°C
ATEX transmitters with display are the
model without membrane key.
Index
SATRON VB
20
Pressure Transmitter
Satron Instruments Inc.
P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Fax +358 207 464 801
www.satron.com
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomers.
BPLV770
15.2.2013
21
Index
7,6
,! ,6,
)
&
/ ) -0 +/1 2)3 0221314 0 /
31 -31 $1 -31$14
*
"""""""""""""
'"+
/
,
""""
% .&
&
& """
&
'&
& &
'" +
-
'"+/
5 ,
,
4
(
$
$
$
!
$% "
% &
"
#
!
"
!! "
!
!
"
#
$#
"
#
#
"
"
!
!
#
" #
" )#
# )
)
#
#
$
"
$
" ! "
#
'
&
#
!
!
!
(
"
"
*
!
"
#
$
!
%
&
"
!
!$
#
"
!
!
"
!
"
!
#"
!
#"
$
$
%
%
$
%
%
-
' (") '( $
(") (
$
- + ")
-+ $
'(+ .) ' (+ $
*+ ") *+
' ") '
+ ") +
* .) * $
$
*+ ,*+ ") *+ *+
$
'
,' ") '
'
'
,+ ") '
+
' ,* .) ' * $
$
$
$
$
2%
'
"
'
"
'
$
.
/ 0
1
# $
3 0
#
!"
# $%$ "
&
!"
# $%$ "
'''
6
#
)$
* +,
# )$
* +, !
%$
* +$ +,
$ +,
2 "
)
Index
22
23
Index
BPdT750
SATRON VDt
M3, revision 5
02.12.2015
Differential Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VDt differential pressure transmitter belongs to V-transmitter
family. The series V transmitters have both analog and smart properties.
SATRON VDt is used for 0-0,1kPa...0-15 MPa ranges. It is a 2-wire
transmitter with HART® standard communication. In pressure measuring
applications SATRON VDt transmitters are used for measuring differential
pressure and absolute pressure. SATRON VDt transmitter is equipped with
an SOS (Silicon On Sapphire) or piezoresistive sensing element. The
rangeability is 25:1.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is freely
selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using extern
control shafts (analog option), keyboard
(display option), HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0,01 to 60 s.
Special accurate diaphragm AISI304:
±1.5 % of calibrated span
(For spans 1:1 - 60:1)
Temperature limits
Sensing element operating:
• -30 to +125 °C
Electronics operating: -30 to +80 °C
Shipping and storage: -50 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display: 0 to
+50ºC (does not affect operation of the
transmitter)
Pressure limits
Min. and max. process pressure:
Type
Max. overload
pressure, MPa
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span, no
range elevation, horizontal mounting;
AISI316L-diaphragm, silicone oil fill.
Accuracy
±0.05 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges 5:1-60:1:
±[0.01+0.008 x ( max.span
) ]% of
calibrated span calibrated span
Pressure
class
VDt2
VDt3
VDt4,5
VDt6
4
10
10
10
PN40
PN100
PN100
PN100
VDt3,4,5,7
VDt6
40
15
PN420
PN420
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
Long-term stability
±0.1 % of max. span / year
Temperature effect on compensated
temperature ranges -20 to 80 °C
Zero and span shift: ±0,15 % of max.
span
Static pressure effect on Zero of max.
span
VDt2: ±0,2 % / 4 MPa
VDt3...5, PN100: ±0,2 % / 10 MPa
VDt6...7, PN100 / PN400: ±0.3 % / 10
MPa
Overpressure effect on Zero of max.
span
Transmitter operates within specifications VDt2: ±0,5 % / 4 MPa;
VDt3...7: PN100: ±0,3 % / 10 MPa;
for pressures above 10 mbar abs.
PN400: ±1 % / 40 MPa.
Process chamber volume (cm3)
Mounting position effect
Volume (cm3)
Type
Zero error ± 0.4 kPa, which can be
Standard
with hydraulic
calibrated out.
transmitter
VDt2...7
2.5
seal
2.0
Volume of negative-side process
chamber: < 1 cm3.
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function (16
points)specified by the user
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12 - 35 VDC.
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
1)
Parts in contact with process medium.
O-ring on sensing element: PTFE.
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, SIS 2343, SIS 2324.
Mounting bolts and nuts for sensor
flanges: AISI316 (PN400: m.8.8.Zne)
Fill fluid
Silicone oil (DC200, 10 cSt) or inert
oil.
Housing with PLUG connector, H and
T
Housing: AISI316
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF,
protected with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316
retaining screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, M and N
Housing: AISI303/316; Seals: Nitrile
and Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Connection cable between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and K :
PTFE hose with AISI316 braiding.
Enclosure class: IP66.
Process connections
See Selection Table.
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1
s. damping. Min. factory calibration
range: 10mbar (VDt2). (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Load / Ω
1400
Vibration effect (IEC 61298-3):
±0.1 % of measuring range
1250
1000
Power supply effect
< ±0.01 % of calibrated span / volt.
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz
750
500
Operating
region
250
CONSTRUCTION AND CALIBRATION
Materials
Diaphragms 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
AISI304 (EN 1.4301), Duplex (EN
1.4462), Hast. C276 (EN 2.4819) or
Tantalum.
Flanges 1) and vent valves 1): AISI316,
Duplex or Hast. C276.
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
40
24
Index
SATRON VDt
BPdT750
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, H and T:
PLUG connector, connector type DIN 43650 model AF; Pg9
gland for cable; wire cross-section 0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, M and N :
M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT inlet; screw terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
wires
Load / Ω
1400
1250
1000
Product Certifications
750
European Directive Information
500
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
Operating
region
250
All differential pressure transmitters
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX
Directive.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/
23/EC)
02.12.2015
28
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
All Differential Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Hazardous Locations Certifications
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in potentially
explosive atmosphere requiring category 1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element may
be charged by the flow of non-conducting media, so
there may be electrostatic hazard with IIC-gases. These
units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected
according to the manufacturers instructions.
Weight (kg)
Type
VDt2 ... 7
Housing type
H
M
N
4,0
4,6
4,6
25
Index
SATRON VDt
BPdT750
Differential Pressure Transmitter
02.12.2015
Dimensions (in mm)
Pg9 std. housing types H and T
14.5
1/4-18 NPSF
41,3±0,2
A-A
A
100
125
A
54±0,2
96
M10 / deep 14
M12 / deep 14
7/16-20 UNF / deep 14
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type M
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type N
70
75
Ø48
Enter
Housing types N 218
Atex transmitter, code 1, 15 mm
Esc
Housing types M 188
Atex transmitter, code 1, 15 mm
+0.5
+0.3
0
2.5 0
Housing types H, T and M 188
Atex transmitter, code 1, 15 mm
100
Clearace for
Cover
Removal
Ø18.5
26
Index
SATRON VDt
BPdT750
Differential Pressure Transmitter
02.12.2015
Dimensions (in mm)
Pg9 std. housing type N with
DIN 43650 plug connector
90
170
Enter
Housing type N with DIN 43650
plug connector 218
Atex transmitter, code 1, 15 mm
Esc
100
Housing types H, T and M 215
Housing type N 245
Atex transmitter, code 1, +15 mm
125
110
<300
min. R75
60
Pg9 std. housing types H and T
M20x1,5 std. Housing types M and N
Remote electronics,
connecting cable with protection hose,
codes L and K
<450
27
Index
SATRON VDt
BPdT750
Differential Pressure Transmitter
02.12.2015
Housing with PLUG connector, code T
Use of selector switch :
RUN
= working position
PZ
= Process value zero
D
= Damping adjustment
S
= Span adjustment
Z
= Zero adjustment
DN
= Down
UP
= Up
S
Hart®
1
PZ
.5
Z
RUN
D
3
DN UP
60
Test
2
1
3
mA
mA
-
-
+
+
mA
S
Z
PZ
1
.5
D
Hart®
RUN
3
D N UP
60
+ -
Test
1
+ -
Test
Test
+
2
3
Load
2
1
1
Power
2
Load
Load
3
Power
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, codes H and T
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Wiring
Power
Housing with display, code N
3
2
1
Housing with display, code N
Keyboard :
Esc
Load
=
=
=
Power
Wiring housing with plug DIN 43650, code N-/ P
Enter
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
28
Index
SATRON VDt
BPdT750
Differential Pressure Transmitter
02.12.2015
Selection Chart
VDt
Differential Pressure Transmitter
2
3
4
5
6
7
Adjustability ( ±)
Span, min.
0,1 kPa (1 mbar)
1,4 kPa (14 mbar)
4 kPa (40 mbar)
26,5 kPa (265 mbar)
0,145 MPa (1,45 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
VAt
Absolute Pressure Transmitter (ranges 4 to 7, range 0...xx, abs.)
Span, max.
6 kPa (60 mbar)
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mba)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
15 MPa (150 bar )
Measurig range
-6...+6 kPa (-60...+60 mbar )
-35 kPa...+35 kPa (-350...+350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...+1000 mbar)
-500...+500 kPa (-5000...+5000 mbar)
-3...+3 MPa (-30...+30 bar)
-15...+15 MPa (-150...+150 bar)
Output
S
4-20mA DC/HART® -protocol
Process connection
D M10,PN40 range 2/PN100 ranges 3...6, IEC 61518
A M10, PN420 ranges 3, 4, 5 and 7, IEC 61518
H M12, PN420 ranges 3, 4, 5 and 7, IEC 61518
U 7/16-20 UNF, (PN420 ranges 3, 4, 5 and 7)
F Screwed flange adapters, PN40 range 2 and PN420 ranges
3 to 7, IEC 61518
V Connection through hydraulic seal
Z Welded flange adapters, PN420 ranges 3 to 5 and 7,
IEC 61518
Wetted
material
Flanges
Diaphragm
Code
Code
2
3
Fill fluid
Material
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
Hast.C 276 (EN 2.4819)
S
Silicone oil
2
3
5
8
A
Diaphragm coating
Material
Code
AISI316L (EN 1.4435)
Hast.C 276 (EN 2.4819)(**)
Tantalum (**)
9
Duplex (EN 1.4462) (**)
AISI304 (EN 1.4301) (**)
Material
(specify only when
coated)
gold / rhodium
G Inert oil
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
T
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9, with manual adjust
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion proof
0
No explosion proof classification
1
Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 1 GD T135°C (*)
Process thread
on flange adapter
(only specify for type F)
Thread type
Thread size
Code Type
Code Size
R straight R thread
2
1/4
N
NPS thread
3
3/8
P taper R thread
4
1/2
T
NPT thread
Special size of electrical inlet
N
1/2 NPT
G
Pg13.5
P
Plug DIN 43650
Special features
Special electronics (specify only if housing connected with hose to sensing element)
- connecting cable with protection hose
L Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, straight
K Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, angle of 90º
Length of cable between sensing element and housing
(specify only if housing connected with cable to sensing element)
2
2 m cable
3
3 m cable
etc. (max. 20 m)
Mounting parts for remote electronics for Ø51 mm tube
0 No mounting parts 1 Mounting parts
Documentation
Calibration Certificate
AE English
Installation and Operating Instructions
IE English
IF Finnish
Material Certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 Raw materials certificate without appendixes, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendixes, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2)
standard
MC3 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendixes, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1B
(DIN 50049-3.1B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomers.
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon® is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co
(*) = Housing H and N :
II 2 GD T135°C
ATEX transmitters with display are the
model without membrane key.
(**) = Not for ranges 2-3
Index
29
30
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
M2, revision 4
12.10.2016
SATRON VDU differential pressure transmitter belongs to V-series
transmitters. SATRON VDU differential pressure transmitter is used from 04 kPa to 0-3 MPa ranges (static pressure + measuring range). It is a 2-wire
transmitter with HART® standard communication. In pressure measuring
applications SATRON VDU diff.pressure transmitters are used for
measuring the pressure of clean, sedimenting, crystallizing and sticking
materials.The transmitter's sensor is piezoresistive. The rangeability is
25:1.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is freely
selectable on the specified range. This
can be made by using keyboard or
HART®275 communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0,01 to 60 s.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: -30 to +125 °C
0 to +200 °C (temp. code H)
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display: 0 to
+50ºC (does not affect operation of the
transmitter)
Pressure limits Min. and max. process
pressure: See the appended tables.
Volumetric displacement
< 0.5 mm3 /max. span (in both sensors)
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function (16
points)specified by the user
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12 - 35 VDC.
On the measuring ranges 7,5:1-25:1:
max.span
±[0.01+0.007 x (
]% of
calibrated span )
calibrated span
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
Enclosure class IP66
Long-term stability
±0.2 % / max. span / year
Electronics housing:
AISI303/316, Seals: nitrile rubber and
Viton®, Nameplates: Polyester
Temperature effect
- on -20 to +80 °C range
Zero and span error:
±0.3 % of max. span.
- on 0 °C to +200 °C range
(process temperature code H)
±2 % of max. span, VDU6
±4 % of max. span, VDU4, VDU5
Temperature effect
- on +20 °C to +70 °C,
process connections BA and DA
Zero and span error:
±0.15 % of max.span, code S
Accuracy
±0.2 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-7.5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges 7.5:1-25:1:
max.span
±[0.02+0.024 x ( calibrated span ) ]% of
calibrated span
Special accuracy types BA and DA :
(Temperature effect on +20 to +70 °C)
±0,15 % of calibrated span, only
process connections BA and DA /
temperature effect code S, for spans
1:1-7,5:1).
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1
s. damping. (If range is not specified,
transmitter is calibrated for maximum
range.)
Process connections
See Selection Chart
Process couplings: See Selection
Chart and installation instructions or
technical specification: Couplings for
Transmitters G150.
Mounting position effect
Zero error < 0.32 kPa, which can be
calibrated out.
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
±0.1 % of measuring range/
2g/10 to 2000 Hz
4g/10 to 100 Hz
Power supply effect
< ±0.01 of calibrated span per volt
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH; freezing of condensed water
Insulation test voltage
not allowed in reference pressure
500 V rms 50 Hz
channels.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span, no
range elevation, horizontal mounting;
AISI316L diaphragm, silicone oil fill.
Filling fluid: Silicone oil, food
industry oil or inert oil
CONSTRUCTION AND CALIBRATION
Materials
Diaphragm 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast. C276 (EN
2.4819), CoNi-alloy, Titanium Gr2 (EN
3.7035), Nickel or Tantalum.
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
2.4819) or Titanium (EN 3.7035)
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, AISI303.
Load / Ω
1400
1250
1000
750
500
Operating
region
250
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Pressure limits
Transmitter
type
VDU4
VDU4/5
VDU5
VDU5/6
VDU6
Max.
overload
pressure,
MPa
0.3
0.3
1.5
1.5
7.5
Max.
operating range
(=static pressure
+meas. range),
kPa
100
250
500
1000
3000
Min. process pressure
Pressure
class
Tproc.
PN40
PN40
PN40
PN40
PN100
°C
20
40
80
120
Minimum pressure for different fill fluids
(kPa, abs)
DC200
100 cSt
Inert oil
5
8
16
21
8
10
28
53
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
31
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
Electrical connections
M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT ; screw terminals
for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 wires and with
PLUG connector, connector type DIN
43650 model AF; Pg9 gland for
cable; wire gross-section 0.5 to 1.5
mm 2.
Product Certifications
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All differential pressure transmitters
European Pressure Equipment
Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
12.10.2016
Weight
Mounting
type
DN50
Flange DN80
SA (Sandvik)
Tx (Tri-Clamp)
PA (PMC 1")
BA, VA, WA
UA, VB, WB
G1...G4
All Differential Pressure
Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
European Directive Information
Dimensions (mm)
Weight / kg
Extension code
0
2
4
6
8.8 10
10.5 11
13.5 15.8 16
16.8
8.2 10.6 12.8
2.4
1.8
1.8
2.6
2.5
230
Sensor 1, master
Standard M20x1.5
M12 or PG9
b) Cable is firmly connected to
both sensors. The material of the
cable is PVC. Cable glands are
AISI316.
Connecting cable, standard 10 m
Max. 20 m
150
Ø48
Options of the connecting cable:
a) M12 connector are situated at
the end of sensor 1 and the end of
sensor 2. The material of the
cable is PUR.
M12 or PG9
Sensor 2, slave
Dimensions (mm)
Double current output
Standard PG9
91
Plug DIN 43650 electrical inlets
Standard PG9
32
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
12.10.2016
Dimensions (mm)
90
Double current output with
plug DIN43650 connector
Standard PG9
Enter
Esc
mA
-
+
3
+ -
2
Test
1
Load
Load
Power
Power
Wiring one current output
Wiring one current output, plug DIN43650 connector
Load
Um+
Si-Toole
Um-
USB / HART R modem
www.satron.com
Power
USB
USB
Rx
Vsup+
Tx
HART
Pwr OK
+5V
+
24V
-
Rx
28mA
H ART
R
Tx
Um Ext . po wer in
9... 30V
DC or AC
4mA = 0.4V
20mA = 2V DC
Vsu p-
100 R
0.01%
IL
Um+
150R
IP40
NOTE! Do no t switch Vsup ON in live cir cuit
Vsup
ON/OFF
mA
3
2
-
1
+
3
2
+ -
1
Test
Load
Power
+ -
Load
Power
Load
Power
Wiring double current output
Wiring double current output, plug DIN 43650 connector
33
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
Dimensional drawings (dimensions in mm)
d2
12.10.2016
Sensor 1 (master) 275
Sensor 2 (slave) 190
Ød 4
100
Sensor 1 : standard M20x1.5
Process connections
Ax, Dx and Jx,
flanged
k
b
D
19
Es
Process connection UA,
- Tuchenhagen DN50/40
(Varivent®)
Ø115
Ø85
Ø48
Ø115
Ø84
Ø68
-0.1
-0.15
Sensor 1 (master) 225
Sensor 2 (slave) 145
4xØ14
+0.1
-0.3
23
Process connection SA,
- Sandvik-clamp
adjustment ±3
2
43
Process connection DA, DN25 PN40 flange with
extension, process temperature max. +125°C
∅d
0
-0.2
FLANGE
SIZE
ISO DN25 PN40
ISO DN50 PN40
ISO DN80 PN40
ISO DN100 PN40
E ±0.4
Code
0
1
2
4
6
E
Process connections
Ax, Dx and Jx ,
- flange with extension
+0.4
+0.3
Es
-0.4
-0.2
0
23
51
102
152
54,5
105
156
ANSI 1" 150 lbs
ANSI 1" 300 lbs
ANSI 2" 150 lbs
ANSI 2" 300 lbs
ANSI 3" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 300 lbs
ANSI 4" 150 lbs
ANSI 4" 300 lbs
JIS 10K-50
JIS 40K-50
JIS 10K-80
JIS 40K-80
JIS 10K-100
JIS 40K-100
Flange dimens.
b
18
20
24
24
15
18
23
25
26
31
26
34
16
26
18
32
18
36
D
115
165
200
235
108
124
152
165
191
210
229
254
155
165
185
210
210
250
Ød4
68
102
138
162
51
51
92
92
127
127
157
157
96
105
126
140
151
165
Holes
pcs
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
8
4
8
8
8
4
8
8
8
8
8
d2
14
18
18
22
16
20
20
20
20
23
20
23
19
19
19
23
19
25
Extens.
k
85
125
160
190
79.4
88.9
120.6
127
152.4
168.3
190.5
200
120
130
150
170
175
205
Ød -0.2
48
51
73
73
51
51
73
73
73
73
51
51
73
73
73
73
34
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
12.10.2016
Dimensional drawings (dimensions in mm)
Sensor 1 (master) 200
Sensor 2 (slave) 115
Ø26.2
Process connection PA
- PMC 1"
Sensor 1 (master) 210
Sensor 2 (slave) 125
L
M45x2
Ø41 -0,025
Process connection BA
- M45x2
Hex 46
72
M45 x 2
Ø41 -0,025
Hex 46
Process connection BB
- M45x2
20
Process connections TA , TB and TC
- Tri-clamp DN38 ... 63,5
ØD
DN
38
51
63.5
38
51
0
2
3
4
28,5
51
72
102
E
Process connection VA and VB
- SMS38 and SMS51
ØD
ØD
A
Dimensions
ØD
A
54
21
64
23
L
ØD
50.5
64
77.5
A
Size
BA - extension
code
Thread
Size
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
SI38
SI51
Dimensions
ØD A
E
54
21
24
64
23
27
Process connection WA and WB
- SMS-SI38 and SMS-SI51
Thread
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
35
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
Process couplings, G1 thread
12.10.2016
Transmitter's process sealing G1 thread
70
+0.3
-0.5
+0.2
+0.1
AISI316L, AISI317L or Duplex
diaphragm, o-ring FPM (Viton)
(code G5)
EHEDG - certified
G1
∅25
∅45
∅45.5
+0.5
-0.2
Three different options are available for the transmitter's
process sealing:
AISI316L, AISI317L or Duplex
diaphragm, o-ring EPDM
(code G6)
EHEDG - certified
Standard coupling
Material: AISI316 L, Titanium or
Hastelloy C
Special couplings, e.g.:
G1 hygienic coupling , M548101
G1/2A/G1 coupling, M546190
G1/2A/G1 coupling with venting,
M860280
G1/2A/ G1 couplings with bracket:
• G1/2A male, M546195
• G1/2 female, M550393
AISI316L, CoNi-, Duplex, Hastelloy
C276 or Tantalum diaphragm,
metal/metal taper sealing
(diaphragm on sealing face)
(code G4)
Coupling M45x2 with adjust, for process connection BA,
order code M1050459
SMS-SI couplings :
L1
L2
Ø60
ØD
Ød
28,5
38
51
L1
27
30
Dimensions
Ød
L2
38,5
24
51
25
ØD
60
70
Pasve BA working position:
For process connections BA3 and BB
1. Transmitter in measuring
2. Transmitter can be checked, changed,
calibrated or the transmitter diaphragm
can be flushed
1.
2.
Thread
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
Coupling BB M45x2, for process connection BB, order
code M1050474 (Welding assistant, code M1050473)
57
Ø60
Size
for vessel
M45x2
for pipe
36
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
Process temperature/°C
12.10.2016
PASVE® mounting & service valve
All PASVE types are also available with pneumatic
actuator, flushing and limit switches.
200
150
100
50
GP (NP)
(Welded
on pipe)
PASVE GF (NF)
(Flange type)
Recommended
application range
(horizontal
mounting)
55
66
60
80
ambient temperature/°C
A
Process temperature limits, code H
Keyboard :
=
=
=
Enter
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Pasve is a trademark of Satron Instruments Inc.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
Varivent is a registered trademark of GEA Tuchenhagen.
Ø115
Ø70
R262
6.5
40
ØD
Ø127
L
20
Esc
41
37
Index
SATRON VDU
BPDUV760
Differential Pressure Transmitter
using two separate pressure sensors
12.10.2016
Selection Chart
Adjustability
Span, min
VDU4
VDU4/5
VDU5
VDU5/6
VDU6
Span, max.
4kPa (40 mbar)
4kPa (40 mbar)
26.5 kPa (265 mbar)
26.5 kPa (265 mbar)
0.145 MPa (1.45 bar )
Output
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
250 kPa (2500 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
S 4-20mA DC/HART®
Process connections
DA DN25 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DB DN50 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DC DN80 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DD DN100 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
JA JIS 10K 50 JIS B 2220
JB JIS 40K 50 JIS B 2220
JC JIS 10K 80 JIS B 2220
JD JIS 40K 80 JIS B 2220
JE
JIS 10K 100 JIS B 2220
JF
JIS 40K 100 JIS B 2220
AA ANSI 1" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
Extension length
(mm)
0
1
2
3
4
6
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
TA
TB
TC
Measuring range
D
4-20mA DC/HART® and with galvanic isolation 4-20mA
(Flanged
conn.)
0
23
51
72
102
152
Tuchenhagen DN50/40 (Varivent®) PN40
PMC 1" PN40
Sandvik DN70 PN64
M45x2 PN160
M45x2 PN160
G1 thread, metal/metal taper sealing
G1 thread, FPM 0-ring sealing (¹)
G1 thread, EPDM 0-ring sealing (¹)
SMS 38
SMS 51
SMS-SI 38 with extension 24 mm
SMS-SI 51 with extension 27 mm
(Sandvik
conn.)
(not proc.conn. SA)
(only proc.conn. DA1, DN25 PN40, max. +125 °C)
54.5
(not proc.conn. BB, VA, VB, WA, WB, Tx, UA, PA, DA, G1, G2, G4)
(only proc.conn. BA)
105
(not proc.conn. BB, VA, VB, WA, WB, Tx, UA, PA, DA, G1, G2, G4)
156
(not proc.conn. BB, VA, VB, WA, WB, Tx, UA, PA, DA, G1, G2, G4)
Extension or other
wetted parts
Material
Nickel (x) (*)
AISI316L
Hast.C 276 (*)
Filling oil
UA
PA
SA
BA
BB
G4
G5
G6
VA
VB
WA
WB
ANSI 1" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 2" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 2" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 3" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 3" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 4" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 4" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
Tri-clamp DN38 PN40 ISO 2852
Tri-clamp DN51 PN40 ISO 2852
Tri-clamp DN63.5 PN40 ISO 2852
Wetted materials
Diaphragm
Code
1
2
3
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+250 kPa (-1000...2500 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
-0.1...+1 MPa (-1... 10 bar)
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...30 bar )
Code
5
6
8
Material
Tantalum (*)
Titanium (xx)
Duplex (*)
S Silicone oil
Code
2
3
8
G Inert oil
A
Material
AISI316L
Hast.C 276
Duplex
Diaphragm coating
Code
9
Y
Material
gold/Rhodium
diamond (specify
only when coated)
Food industry oil (Neobee M20)
Housing type, master
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion proof
0
No explosion proof classification
Process
temperature
N -30 ... +125 °C
H 0 ... +200 °C (*)
S +20 ... +70 °C (only process connections BA and DA)
Cable between sensors
1
PUR cable with M12 connector both end of cable
2
PVC cable with AISI316/ PG9 inlet, fixed factory mounted
Process couplings
0 Will be ordered separately
A With coupling
Material
2
3
6
8
AISI316L
Hast.C276
Titanium
Duplex
Special sizes of electrical inlets (Standard M20x1.5)
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13.5
P PLUG connector, DIN43650
Documentation
Calibration certificate
AE
English
Installation and Operating Instructions I E
English
IF
Finnish
Material certificates
0
MC1
MC2
MC3
No material certificate
Raw material certificate without appendixes, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
(x) = only with flange
(xx) = only with flange and G4
(¹) = EHEDG - certified
(*) = not proc.conn. G5 and G6
38
Index
2/02
Flow measurement
April 30, 2010
Our instruments for flow measurement:
FOR MEASUREMENT IN AN OPEN CHANNEL:
- Condensate pot......................................... Spec. G450
- VDt differential pressure transmitter....... Spec. BPdT750
VG pressure transmitter ........ Spec. BPLV700
VV pressure transmitter ......... Spec. BLV810
FOR MEASUREMENT IN A PIPE:
VDt differential pressure transmitter ....... Spec. BPdT750
Measurement in a pipe by means
of restricting element (Fig. 1)
The flow to be measured in a pipe is passed through a restricting device and the
pressure differential between two points,
one upstream of the restriction and the
other immediately downstream from it,
is measured by means of a transmitter.
(Pressure upstream of the restriction =
the high-pressure or positive side, and
the pressure downstream = the lowpressure or negative side). The differential pressure ∆p thus obtained is proportional to the square of flow Q, i.e.,
Weir with V opening:
Q = kh5/2
Figure 2
(k = constant)
For this reason a linearization relay is
normally required in a control loop between transmitter and controller. It is also
possible to use a transmitter that incorporates square root extraction.
115
G½A
25
89
17
AV
G3/8
connection plugged
DIN910 pipe plug
25
Open channel measurement (Fig. 2)
Open channel measurement is used
primarily for liquids that contain impurities (e.g. waste water). Measurement
is based on restricting the flow in such
a manner that the level rises upstream
of the restriction. Level variations are
measured with either a bubbling tube or
a flanged transmitter (see Liquid level
measurement). The signal thus obtained
is linearized as follows:
185
DIN19207, Form V
Q = k √ ∆p
Weir with rectangular opening, and Venturi flume:
Q = kh3/2 (k = constant)
G½A, DIN19207, Form R
Figure 3
Figure 1
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
39
Index
! "
& '(
#
$%
)
! "
+
& '(
$
*
#
$%
%
%
40
Index
Condensate pot
G450
01.01.2014
Application
In steam flow measurement special condensate pots
are installed in the immediate vicinity of restricting organ. The connection pipes from the restricting device
to the condensate pots are full of steam, and from the
condensate pot to the meter full of condensate. The
condensate pots must be mounted in such a manner
that the liquid levels are the same in them.
The function of the condensate pots is to condensate
steam into a liquid (e.g. to protect the transmitter from
heat, to prevent dribbling), to keep the liquid levels
unaltered with overflow and to collect air. The condensate water transmits the pressure to the transmitter, so
that the transmitter itself is not in contact with steam.
Construction
Condensing Pots are designed according to DIN
19211. Connections with thread according to DIN
19207 Form R and V.
They fulfil the requirements of the PED 97/23/EC.
Pressure / Temperature curve
30
Technical specification
Volume: 0.3 liters
20
Operating temperature, max.: +450°C
Materials
- housing: HII DIN 17155 (Wnr. 1.0425)
- pipes: St 35.8/II (Wnr. 1.0305)
Surface handling: fresh paint
Weight: 1.8 kg
185
115
25
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Operating temperature / °C
89
17
AV
100
G3 / 8
10
G½A DIN19207, Form V
Operating pressure / MPa
Operating pressure, max.: 100 bar (10 MPa)
25
connection plugged
DIN910 pipe plug
G½A, DIN19207, Form R
We reserve the right to make technical changes without prior notice.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 240, FIN-33201 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 3 387 1800, Telefax +358 3 387 1899
Index
41
42
Index
3/01
Liquid level measurement
Our instruments for liquid level measurement:
VG pressure transmitter ......................
Spec.
BPLV700
VV pressure transmitter ........................
Spec. BLV810
December 31, 2014
ALSO SUITABLE FOR LIQUID LEVEL MEASUREMENT
VDt differential pressure transmitter .... Spec.BPdT750
VVFe pressure transmitter...................
Spec. BLV811
VL pressure transmitter ......................
Spec. BLV820
VDtL differential pressure transmitter . Spec.BLVT830
Liquid level measurement using a transmitter
In an open vessel the liquid level is
propotional to the hydrostatic pressure in the
vessel, and level can be measured by means
of pressure measurement. The most commonly used methods are measurement through
the side of the vessel by means of a flanged
pressure or differential pressure transmitter,
as in fig. 2 (the negative leg connection of differential pressure transmitter is left open), and
bubbling tube measurement, as in fig. 3. In the
latter method compressed air is fed through
a monitoring rotameter into a bubbling tube
and the back pressure produced in the tube
− proportional to liquid level − is measured.
The choice between these two methods,
bubbling tube or flanged transmitter, is determined between by the ease of making the process connection and by the likelihood of sedimentation. The bubbling tube is well suited for
applications such as level measurement in a
stock chest made of cement where, especially
at some later date, it would be difficult to install
a side connection for a flanged transmitter.
In general a flanged transmitter is suitable for
almost any type of vessel. With fluids liable to
form sediments the measuring diaphragm can
be kept clean by washing it trough a special
flushing flange (fig. 1). The flange is installed between the transmitter and the process
flange. A continious or periodic water flow
is issued through the flushing bore. If level
variations are small and if the fluid is not liable
to form sediments, a float type transmitter can
be used.
In a pressurized vessel the liquid level can
be measured with a flangeless or flanged
differential pressure transmitter (fig. 4). When
measuring fluids liable to form sediments, a
flanged transmitter is equipped with a flushing
flange when necessary.
As in open vessel, a float type transmitter can
Figure 1
be used for level measurement if there is no
risk of sedimentation and if level variations are
small.
Calculating the calibration values (fig. 2)
To simplify the calculations, the effect of the
density of the gas above the liquid level has
been ignored.
s, h, and k = distances as in fig. 2.
dI = relative density of the liquid with res-pect
to water at 4°c.
d2 = relative density with respect to water of
the fill fluid in the negative leg.
When s, h, and k are expressed in metres, the unit for range elevation, span, and
supression is mH2O; for millimetres the unit is
mmH2O, etc.
Open vessel
Span = dIh
Elevation = dIs
Range = dIs to (dIs + dIh
Pressurized vessel
When no fill fluid is used in the negative leg,
the calculation is the same as for open vessel.
If the negative leg is filled with condensate or
some other liquid, then
span = dIh
suppression = dIs — d2k
range = (dIs — d2k) to (dIs — d2k) + dIh
Example:
If
dI = 0.9, d2 = 1.0, h = 5m, s = 1 m, and
k = 6.5 m, then
Span = 0.9x5 mH2O = 4.5 mH2O,
Suppression = (0.9x1 - 1.0x6.5) mH2O
= -5.6 mH2O
Range
= -5.6 to (-5.6+4.5) mH2O
= -5.6 to -1.1 mH2O
= -549 to -108 mbar.
The minus sign indicates that, when calibrating, the pressure is taken to the negative side
of the transmitter.
Example:
If
dI = 1.2, h = 1000 mm, and s = 500 mm,
then span = 1.2 x 1000 mmH2O =
1200 mmH2O,
elevation = 1.2 x 500 mmH2O =
600 mmH2O,
range = 600 to (600 + 1200) = 600
to
1800 mmH2O ≈ 59 to 177 mbar.
OPEN VESSEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pressure transmitter VL
M 16 nut
DN80 gaskets
Process flange
Flushing flange
GE8-L1/4” BSP stud coupling
PRESSURIZED VESSEL
Figure 2
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
43
Index
3/02
Liquid level measurement
December 31, 2014
Installation examples
As regards process connection materials and connection
piping, the requirements are the same as in pressure measure-ment. Figure I shows an ordinary flanged transmitter
in an open vessel application, with corresponding process
flange and flushing flange. Figure 3 shows an installation
example for bubbling tube application. Figure 4 illustrates
level measurement in a pressurized vessel with flanged
transmitter. When measuring liquid level in an open vessel
in the same manner, the suppression pipe is not needed.
Bating of the piping system and vessel have to be taken
account when selecting the gasket material.
Gasket materials have to be selected in such a way that
the eventual bate is not absorbed in the gasket (e.g.
Viton®).
Liquid
level
measurement
VG3
VG4
VG5
VGA5
VG6
VGA6
VG7
VG8
VVx3
VVx4
VVx5
x)
1 Stud coupling,
Ø12 mm dia./ G½ male
2 Tee, 12 mm dia.
3 Double male connector, Ø12 mm dia.
4 Plug
5 Ball valve
6 Process connection, G½
7 Pipe, Ø12 x 1 calibred
8 Gasket DN80
9 Flange connection DN80
10 Nut
Figure 4
Adjustability
Span
Measuring range
min.
1.4 kPa (14 mbar)
4kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0.03 MPa (0,3 bar )
0.03 MPa (0,3 bar)
0.15 MPa (1,5 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
max.
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
15 MPa (150 bar)
25 MPa (250 bar )
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
0...+500 kPa (0...5000 mbar), abs.
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...30 bar )
0...+3 MPa (0...30 bar), abs.
0...+15 MPa (0...150 bar), abs.
-0.1...+25 MPa (-1....250 bar)
1,4kPa (14 mbar)3
4kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
5 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
VVFe 4
VVFe 5
4kPa (40 mbar)
10kPa (100 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
VL3
VL4
VL5
VLA5
VL6
VLA6
VL7
1.4kPa (14 mbar)
4kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0,03 MPa (0,3 bar)
0,03 MPa (0,3 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
3 MPa (30 bar )
15 MPa (150 bar)
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
0...+500 kPa (0...5000 mbar), abs.
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...30 bar)
0...+3 MPa (0...30 bar), abs.
0...+15 MPa (0...150 bar), abs.
VDtL 3
VDtL4
VDtL 5
VDtL 6
1.4 kPa (14 mbar)
4 kPa (40 mbar)
26.5 kPa (265 mbar)
145 kPa (1.45 bar)
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
-35...+35 kPa (-350...+350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...+1000 mbar)
-500...+500 kPa (-5000...+5000 mbar)
-3...+3 MPa (-30...+30 bar)
1
2
3
4
5
Pressure transmitter VG
Special fitting
Stud elbow WE8-L/1/4”
Stud coupling, SF8-L/1/4”
Rotameter
Figure 3
x) See the data sheet BLV810
Viton is the registered trademark of
Du Pont Down Elastomers.
44
Index
SATRON VG
BPLV700
M2, revision 3
01.01.2014
Flush Mount Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VG pressure transmitter belongs to the series V transmitters
which will have both analog and smart properties. SATRON VG is used
for 0-1.4 kPa...0-25 MPa ranges. It is a 2-wire transmitter with HART®
standard communication.
In pressure measuring applications SATRON VG transmitters are used for
measuring the pressure of clean, sedimenting, crystallizing and sticking
materials. The transmitter's sensor is piezoresistive. The rangeability is
100:1 for types VG6 - VG7.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Long-term stability
±0.1 % / max. span / 1 year
Temperature effect
Zero and Span adjustment
- on -20 to +80 °C range
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is freely
(process temperature code N)
selectable on the specified range
Zero and span error:
depending from the desired option.
±0.15 % of max. span.
This can be made by using extern
- on 0 to +200 °C range
control shafts, keyboard (display option) or (process temperature code H)
HART®275/375 communicator.
Zero and span error:
±1 % of max. span, VG6 - VG8
Damping
±2 % of max. span, VG4 - VG5
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Mounting position effect
Zero error < 0.32 kPa, which can be
Temperature limits
calibrated out.
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: -30 to +125 °C
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
0 to +200 °C (temp. code H)
±0.1 % of measuring range/
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
2g/10 to 2000 Hz
Operating temperature of display:
4g/10 to 100 Hz
0 to +50ºC (does not affect operation of
Power supply effect
the transmitter)
< ±0.01 of calibrated span per volt
Pressure limits Min. and max. process
Insulation test voltage
pressure: See the appended tables.
500 V rms 50 Hz
Volumetric displacement
CONSTRUCTION AND CALIBRATION
< 0.5 mm3 /max. span
Materials
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
Diaphragm 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
user selectable for linear, square root,
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast. 276 (EN
inverted signal or the transfer function
2.4819), CoNi-alloy, Titanium Gr2 (EN
(16 points)specified by the user
3.7035) or Tantalum.
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Supply voltage and permissible load
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
See the load capacity diagram;
2.4819) or Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035).
4-20 mA output: 12 - 35 VDC.
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, SIS 2343.
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH; freezing of condensed
water is not allowed in reference
Filling fluid: Silicone oil, food industry
pressure channels.
oil or inert oil
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Enclosure class IP66
Tested in accordance with IEC60770:
1)
Reference conditions, specified span,
Parts in contact with process medium
no range elevation, horizontal mounting;
O-ring seals, AISI316L diaphragm,
Pressure limits
silicone oil fill.
Maximum process pressure, MPa
Accuracy
Max.
TransPressure
±0.05 % of calibrated span
overload
mitter
class
(span 1:1-5:1 /max.range).
pressure
type
On the measuring ranges 5:1-100 :1:
VG3
0.2
PN40
±[0.025+0.01 x ( max.span
) ]% of
calibrated span calibrated span
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
VG4
VG5
VG6
VG7
VG8
0.3
1.5
7.5
40.0
100.0
PN40
PN40
PN100
PN250
PN250
Housing with PLUG connector,
housing type codes H and T
Housing: AISI303/316
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF, protected
with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, housing type codes M and N
Housing: AISI303/316; Seals: Nitrile and
Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and K:
PTFE hose with AISI316 braiding.
Supply voltage for transmitter
without intrinsic safety (not ATEX)
Minimum process pressure
Tproc.
°C
20
40
80
120
Minimum pressure for
different fill fluids
(kPa, abs.)
DC200
100 cSt
5
8
16
21
Inert oil
8
10
28
53
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
45
Index
BPLV700
SATRON VG Flush Mount Pressure Transmitter
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1 s. damping. (If range is
not specified, transmitter is calibrated for maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, H and T:
PLUG connector, connector type DIN 43650 model AF; Pg9
gland for cable; wire cross-section 0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, M and N :
M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT inlet; screw terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
wires
Process connections
G1 connecting thread
Process couplings: See Selection Chart and installation
instructions or technical specification: Couplings for
Transmitters G150.
Weight
Transmitter
- with housing type H and T:
- with housing type M ja N:
01.01.2014
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in potentially
explosive atmosphere requiring category 1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element may
be charged by the flow of non-conducting media, so
there may be electrostatic hazard with IIC-gases. These
units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected
according to the manufacturers instructions.
Load / Ω
1400
1250
1000
0.7 kg
1.2 kg
750
500
Product Certifications
Operating
region
250
European Directive Information
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All pressure transmitters
28
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX
Directive.
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/
23/EC)
All Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
Hazardous Locations Certifications
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
mA
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
1
PZ
.5
D
Hart®
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
S
Z
RUN
3
DN UP
60
Test
-
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
1
2
3
Load
2
2
1
1
Power
3
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, codes H and T
+
40
46
Index
SATRON VG Flush Mount Pressure Transmitter
Dimensions (in mm)
BPLV700
01.01.2014
Pg 9 std. housing types H and T
G1A
Ø25
Ø48
195, ATEX +15
Process temperature code H +40
AV36
75
Ø48
195, ATEX +15
Process temperature code H +40
M20x1,5 std. housing type M
70
225, ATEX +15
Process temperature code H +40
M20x1,5 std. housing type N
Esc
Enter
1300354100
47
Index
BPLV700
SATRON VG Flush Mount Pressure Transmitter
Dimensions (in mm)
01.01.2014
1300354100
90
Ø25
G1A
225, ATEX +15
Process temperature code H +40
Pg 9 housing type N with DIN43650 plug-connector
Enter
Esc
Clearance for
cover removal
100
Housing types H, T and M 215
Housing type N 245
(Process temperature code H, +40,
Atex transmitter, code 1, +15)
125
170
Option K
110
Hex 36
min. R75
160
60
Option L
Pg9 std. housing types H and T
M20x1.5 std. housing types M and N
Hex 36
min. 300
Remote electronics, connecting cable
with protection hose, codes L and K
mA
-
mA
-
+
+
3
2
+ + -
1
Test
Test
Load
Load
Load
Power
Wiring
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Power
Wiring
Housing with terminal strip and display,
code N
Wiring
Power
Housing with terminal strip and display
with DIN 43650 plug-connector,
code N__ / P
48
Index
BPLV700
SATRON VG Flush Mount Pressure Transmitter
Couplings
Transmitter's process sealing
+0.2
+0.1
G1
∅45
Three different options are available for the transmitter's
process sealing:
∅25
+0.5
-0.2
+0.3
-0.5
70
∅45.5
01.01.2014
AISI316L, AISI317L or Duplex
diaphragm,
FPM (Viton) or EPDM O-ring
(code 5 or 6)
EHEDG - certified
Standard coupling
Material: AISI316 L or Hastelloy C
Special couplings:
G1 hygienic coupling , M548101
G1/2A/G1 coupling, M546190
G1/2A/G1 coupling with venting,
M860280
G1/2A/ G1 couplings with bracket:
• G1/2A male, M546195
• G1/2 female, M550393
AISI316L, CoNi-, Duplex, Hastelloy
C276, Tantalum or Titanium
diaphragm,
metal/metal taper sealing
(diaphragm also on sealing face)
(code 4)
Flanges:
Dimensions of flanged couplings, see the installation and setting-up instructions
PASVE® mounting & service valve
Process temperature limits, code H
®
All PASVE types are also available with pneumatic
actuator, flushing and limit switches.
PASVE GF (NF)
(Flange type)
GP (NP)
(Welded
on pipe)
Process temperature/°C
GC (NC)
(Welded
on container)
200
150
55
66
Recommended
application range
(horizontal
mounting)
41
100
Ø115
Ø70
ØD
Ø127
L
50
6.5
R262
A
20
40
60
80
ambient temperature/°C
S
1
PZ
.5
Z
D
Hart®
RUN
3
DN UP
60
Test
2
1
3
Keyboard :
Use of
RUN
PZ
D
S
Z
DN
UP
selector switch :
= working position
= Process value zero
= Damping adjustment
= Span adjustment
= Zero adjustment
= Down
= Up
Housing with PLUG connector, housing code T
Esc
=
=
=
Enter
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
Housing with display, housing code N
49
Index
SATRON VG
BPLV700
Flush Mount Pressure Transmitter
01.01.2014
Selection Chart
Adjustability
VG3
VG4
VG5
VGA5
VG6
VGA6
VG7
VG8
Output
Span, min
1.4 kPa (14 mbar)
4 kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0.03 MPa (0.3 bar )
0.03 MPa (0.3 bar)
0.15 MPa (1.5 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
Span, max
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
15 MPa (150 bar)
25 MPa (250 bar)
Measuring range
- 35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
0...+500 kPa (0...5000 mbar), abs.
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...30 bar )
0...+3 MPa (0...30 bar), abs.
0...+15 MPa (0...150 bar), abs.
-0,1...+25 MPa (-1...250 bar)
S 4-20mA DC/HART® -protocol
Process seal
4
metal/metal taper
Wetted materials
Code Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4435)
3
Hast. C 276 (*) (**)
5
Tantalum (*) (**)
5
Code
6
7
8
O-ring FPM (Viton®)
(1)
6
Material
Titanium Gr2 (*) (**) (****)
CoNi-alloy (*) (not ranges 3-4)
Duplex (EN 1.4462) (*) (**)
O-ring EPDM
(1)
Diaphragm coating
Code Material
9
gold/Rhodium
Y
diamond (specify only
when coated)
Fill fluid S Silicon oil
G Inert oil
A Food and beverage special oil (Neobee M20)
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
T
Housing with PLUG-connector and with manual adjust, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9, (no ATEX)
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion proof 0 No explosion proof classification
1
Atex Intrinsic Safety,
Process temperature limits N -30 ... +125 °C
Process coupling
0 No coupling
G Standard
coupling
PASVE®
II 1 GD T135°C (***)
H 0 ... +200 °C (*) (**)
Material
2 AISI316L
3 Hast.C276
6 Titanium Gr2
8 Duplex
mounting valve, specify separately in the order
E Hygienic coupling
Specify special couplings separately in the order
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13.5
P
Plug connector DIN 43650
Special features
Remote electronics (specify only if housing connected with cable to sensing element)
- connecting cable with protection hose
L Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, straight
K Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, angle of 90°
Length of connection cable between sensing element and housing
2
2 m cable
3
3 m cable
etc. (max. 10 m)
Mounting parts for remote electronics for Ø 51 mm tube
0 No mounting parts 1 Mounting parts
Documentation
Calibration certificate
AE
English
Installation and operating instructions I E
English
IF
Finnish
Material certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Pasve is the registered trademark of Satron Instruments Inc.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
(*) =
only process seal code 4
(**) = not for range 3
(***) = Housing H and N :
II 2 GD T135°C
ATEX transmitters with display are the
model without membrane key.
(****) = Min. process temperature limits 0 °C
(1) = EHEDG - certified
50
Index
BLV810
M2, revision 3
01.01.2014
SATRON VV Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VV pressure transmitter belongs to V-transmitter family.
The series V transmitters have both analog and smart properties. SATRON
VV is used for 0-1.4 kPa...0-0.5 MPa ranges. It is a 2-wire transmitter with
HART® standard communication.
SATRON VV pressure transmitter is suitable for liquid level measurements
in ground, rock and ships' tanks, and in open channels.
SATRON VV pressure transmitter can be used in corrosive conditions and to
measure contaminating liquids. Possible foam on the surface of the
measured liquid does not disturb the measurement. SATRON VV does not
require compressed air supply.
The transmitter's sensor is piezoresistive. The rangeability is 50:1 for type
VV5.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Long-term stability
±0.1 % of max. span per 12 months
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified
range depending from the desired
option. This can be made by using
extern control shafts (analog option),
keyboard (display option) or
HART®275/375 communicator.
Temperature effect on compensated
temperature ranges
Zero and span shift: ±0.15 % of
max.span
Damping
Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
±0.1 % of measuring range/
2 g/10 to 2000 Hz
4 g/10 to 100 Hz
Load / Ω
1400
1250
Temperature limits
Process: -10 to +125 °C
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display:
0 to +50ºC (does not affect operation of
the transmitter)
Equipment cabinet is recommended
for extremely demanding conditions.
Pressure limits
Min. and max. process pressure: See
the appended tables.
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function
(16 points)specified by the user
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12-35 VDC.
Humidity limits 0-100 % RH;
freezing of condensed water is not
allowed in reference pressure
channels.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span,
no range elevation,AISI316L
diaphragm, silicone oil fill.
Accuracy
• ±0.05 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges 5:1- 50:1:
±[0.01+0.012 x ( max.span ) ]% of
calibrated span calibrated span
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
1000
750
Mounting position effect
Zero error <0.32 kPa, which can be
calibrated out.
500
Operating
region
250
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
Power supply effect
<±0.01 % of calibrated span per volt.
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz.
CONSTRUCTION AND
CALIBRATION
Materials
Diaphragm 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
Hast. C276 (EN 2.4819) or Tantalum.
Sensing element 1): AISI316, PTFE/
AISI316 or PVC
Other materials: SIS2343
Fill fluid Silicone oil or inert oil.
Housing with PLUG connector, codes
H and T
Housing: AISI316/303
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF,
protected with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, codes M and N
Housing: AISI303/316; Seals: Nitrile
and Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Connection cable between sensing
element and housing
(code Land K):
PTFE hose with AISI316 braiding.
Supply voltage for transmitter
without intrinsic safety (not ATEX)
Equipment cabinet Rittal AE1380,
Steel cabinet with polyester paint.
Enclosure class: IP66.
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1 s.
damping. (If range is not specified,
transmitter is calibrated for maximum
range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector,
codes H and T:
PLUG connector, connector type DIN
43650 model AF; Pg9 gland for cable;
wire cross-section 0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, codes M and N:
M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT inlet; screw
terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
1)
Pressure limits
Maximum process pressure, MPa
Transmitter type
VV...3
VV...4
VV...5
Max.
overload
pressure
0.2
0.3
1.5
Pressure
class
PN40
PN40
PN40
Parts in contact with process medium
Minimum process pressure
Tproc. Minimum process pressure
for different fill fluids (kPa,abs.)
°C
20
40
80
DC200
100 cSt
5
8
16
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
Inert oil
8
10
28
51
Index
BLV810
SATRON VV Pressure Transmitter
Process connections
DN50PN40, DN80PN40,ANSI2" 150 lbs/300 lbs, ANSI3"
150 lbs/300 lbs; clamp mounting on angle bracket
(see INSTALLATION)
Weight (kg):
· VVF 2.2 kg
· VVP 8.7 kg
· VVH 9.2 kg
+ 1 kg/m with PVC protective tube
and 3 kg/m with AISI316 protective
tube.
Product Certifications
European Directive Information
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All pressure transmitters
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX
Directive.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/
23/EC)
All Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
Hazardous Locations Certifications
01.01.2014
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in
potentially explosive atmosphere requiring category
1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element
may be charged by the flow of non-conducting
media, so there may be electrostatic hazard with
IIC-gases. These units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected
according to the manufacturers instructions.
Load / Ω
1400
1250
1000
750
500
Operating
region
250
28
0
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
10 12
15
20
30
25
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
S
Hart®
1
PZ
.5
Z
RUN
D
1
Keyboard :
Esc
= Press Esc to move back towards the top of the main menu.
= Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level or to increase
the selected parameter value.
= Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu level or to decrease
Enter
the selected parameter value.
= Press Enter to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept a command
or parameter value.
Housing with display, code N
Use of selector switch :
RUN
= Working position
PZ
= Process value zero
D
= Damping adjustment
S
= Span adjustment
Z
= Zero adjustment
DN
= Down
UP
= Up
3
DN UP
60
2
3
Housing with PLUG connector, code T
Test
52
Index
BLV810
SATRON VV Pressure Transmitter
01.01.2014
b
b
∅D
Instead of the flange
threaded sleeve can also be
used.
∅d
∅D
Ø27
10
E
10
10
E
P
Flange and threaded sleeve
is possible to have also in
VVF type. See the threads in
selection chart.
In VVF type the place of the
flange/ threaded sleeve can
be changed by the customer.
Ø35
Ø35
Ø35
Clearance for
cover removal
∅d
Thread
125
60
∅c
max. 210
100
Clearance for
cover removal
100
max. 210
∅c
350 (max)
70
max. 180
100
125
Clearance for
cover removal
Dimensional drawings (drawings in mm)
∅ 63
Type VVP
Säätötoleranssi
ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCE
GAP75
AV75
60
70
max. 180
100
125
Type VVH
Clearance for
cover removal
Type VVF
Flange mounting with
adjustment facility, type VVP
150
min. R75
340
(13.4)
218
(8.6)
Flange
DN50 PN40
DN80 PN40
ANSI2"150lb
ANSI2"300lb
ANSI3"150lb
ANSI3"300lb
Code
DB
DC
AC
AD
AE
AF
ØD
165
200
152
165
191
210
Ød
125
160
120.6
127
152.4
168.3
Øc
4x18
8x18
4x20
8x20
4x20
8x23
b
20
24
23
25
26
31
400
(15.7)
E/m
P/m
Type min. max. min. max.
VVF 1.0 20.0 VVP 1.0 5.5
VVH 1.0 5.5
8.2
( 0.3)
380
(15)
Remote electronics,
connecting cable with
protection hose, code L
(for transmitter types
VVP and VVH)
380
(15)
Dimensions - Equipment cabinet
53
Index
BLV810
SATRON VV Pressure Transmitter
(dimensions in mm)
Ø48
Dimensional drawings
01.01.2014
Housing with plug-connector, DIN
43650, codes H and T
Ø48
PG9 std. housing types H and T
75
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, code M
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type M
70
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display, code N
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type N
90
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display and plugconnector DIN 43650, code N--- /-P
PG9 std. housing type N with plug DIN 43650
Esc
Enter
54
Index
BLV810
SATRON VV Pressure Transmitter
01.01.2014
E
E
Installation methods
(2)*
(1)*
*) See the selection table "Other mounting accessories"
mA
mA
-
-
+
mA
S
Z
PZ
1
.5
D
Hart®
RUN
3
D N UP
60
+ -
Test
1
+ -
+
Test
Test
2
3
Load
2
1
1
Power
2
3
Load
Load
Power
Power
Wiring
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, codes H and T
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Housing with terminal strip, code N
3
2
1
Load
Power
Wiring housing N with plug DIN 43650, code N---/-P
+
55
Index
BLV810
SATRON VV Pressure Transmitter
01.01.2014
Selection Chart
Transmitter types
VVF
VVP
VVH
Flexible PTFE hose (PTFE/AISI316 braiding)
PVC hose/Flange
AISI316L hose/Flange (Fixed mounting tube)
Adjustability
Span, min.
3
1.4kPa (14 mbar)
4
4kPa (40 mbar)
5
10 kPa (100 mbar)
Output
S
Flange or
thread
Span, max.
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
4-20mA DC/HART® -protocol
0 no flange or thread DB DN50 PN40
AD ANSI 2" 300 lbs
AE ANSI 3" 150 lbs
GB G2A
GC G1A
Wetted
materials
Code
2
3
Fill fluid
Flange
Material
AISI316L
Hast.C 276
S
Measuring range
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
DC DN80 PN40
AF ANSI 3" 300lbs
NA 1½ - NPT
Diaphragm
Code
Material
2
AISI316L /317L
3
Hast.C 276 (*)
5
Tantalum (*)
Silicone oil
AC ANSI 2" 150lbs
GA G1½A
NB 2 - NPT
Extension
(type VVF=PTFE/AISI316)
(type VVP=PVC)
(type VVH=AISI316)
G Inert oil
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
T
Housing with PLUG-connector with manual adjust, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9, (no ATEX)
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
C
Transmitter with equipment cabinet (for transmitter type VVF and for special electronics)
D
Transmitter with equipment cabinet + heating element (for type VVF and for special electronics)
Explosion
0 No explosion proof classification 1 Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 1 GD T135°C (**)
proof
Length P of PTFE/AISI316 hose between sensing element and housing
(specify for transmitter type VVF)
P10 1.0 m hose
P25 2.5 m hose
...
P200 20.0 m hose
Length E of mounting/protective tube (specify for transmitter type VVP and VVH
also with the type VVF if the protective tube is used)
E10 1.0 m hose
E15 1.5 m hose
...
E55 5.5 m hose
Other mounting
accessories
0 No mounting accessories
1 Mounting bracket/Clamps/Protective tube
2 Clamps/Protective tube
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13.5
P Plug DIN 43650
Special features
Special electronics (specify only if housing connected with hose to sensing element)
for transmistter types VVP and VVH
- connecting cable with protection hose
L Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, straight
K Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, angle of 90o
Length of cable between sensing element and housing
(specify only if housing connected with cable to sensing element)
2
2 m cable
3
3 m cable
etc. (max. 10 m)
Mounting parts for remote electronics for Ø51 mm tube
0 No mounting parts
1 Mounting parts
Documentation
Calibration Certificate
AE English
Installation and Operating Instructions
IE English
IF Finnish
Material Certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 Raw materials certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2)
standard
MC3 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN 50049-3.1B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon® is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers.
(*) = not for range 3
(**) = Housing H and N :
II 2 GD T135°C
ATEX transmitters with display are the model
without membrane key.
56
Index
BLV811
M2, revision 3
1.5.2014
SATRON VVFee Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VVFee pressure transmitter belongs to V-transmitter family.
SATRON VVFe is used for 0 - 4 kPa...0-500 kPa ranges. It is a 2-wire
transmitter with HART® standard communication.
SATRON VVFe pressure transmitter is suitable for liquid level measurements
in ground, rock and ships' tanks, drill well and in open channels.
SATRON VVFe pressure transmitter can be used to measure
contaminating liquids. Possible foam on the surface of the measured liquid
does not disturb the measurement.
SATRON VVFe does not require compressed air supply.
The transmitter's sensor is piezoresistive.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Long-term stability
±0.1 % of max. span per 12 months
Housing: AISI303/316; Seals: Nitrile
and Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is freely
selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using extern
control shafts (analog option), keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Temperature effect on compensated
temperature ranges -20...+80 °C
Zero and span shift, type VVFe 5:
±0.15 % of max. span
Enclosure class: IP66.
Damping
Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Mounting position effect
Zero error <0.15 kPa, which can be
calibrated out.
Response time
Maximum 100 ms
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
±0.1 % of measuring range/
2 g/10 to 2000 Hz
4 g/10 to 100 Hz
Temperature limits
Process: -10 to +80 °C
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display:
0 to +50ºC (does not affect operation of
the transmitter).
Zero and span shift, type VVFe 4:
±0,25 % of max. span
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1 s.
damping. (If range is not specified,
transmitter is calibrated for maximum
range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector,
code H:
PLUG connector, connector type DIN
43650 model AF; Pg9 gland for cable;
wire cross section 0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Power supply effect
<±0.01 % of calibrated span per volt.
European Directive Information
European Pressure Equipment Directive
(PED) (97/23/EY)
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, codes M and N:
M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT inlet; screw
terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
- Sound Engineering Practice
Pressure limits
Min. and max. process pressure: See the
appended tables.
Volumetric displacement
< 0.5 mm3 /max. span
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function
(16 points)specified by the user
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 10-35 VDC.
Humidity limits 0-100 % RH; freezing
of condensed water is not allowed in
reference pressure channels.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span,
no range elevation,AISI316L diaphragm,
silicone oil fill.
Accuracy
• ±0.1 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-7.5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges 7.5:1- 50:1:
±[0.025+0.010 x ( max.span ) ]% of
calibrated span
calibrated span
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
Load / Ω
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz.
1400
1250
CONSTRUCTION AND
CALIBRATION
Wetted materials
Metal parts: AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
Jacket of cable: PUR
Other materials: AISI303/316
Fill fluid Silicone oil or inert oil.
1000
750
500
Operating
region
250
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H
Housing: AISI316/303
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF,
protected with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, codes M and N:
Pressure limits
VVFe 4
VVFe 5
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Supply voltage for transmitter
without intrinsic safety (not ATEX)
Minimum process pressure
Maximum process pressure, MPa
Transmitter type
0
Max.
overload
pressure
0.3
1.5
Pressure
class
PN40
PN40
Tproc.
°C
20
40
80
120
Minimum process pressure
for different fill fluids (kPa,abs.)
DC200
100 cSt
5
8
16
21
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
Inert oil
8
10
28
53
57
Index
BLV811
SATRON VVFee Pressure Transmitter
Weight
Transmitter
- with housing type H
- with housing type M
- with housing type N
1.5.2014
Load / Ω
: 0,9 kg
: 1,4 kg
: 1,5 kg
1400
1250
1000
Product Certifications
750
European Directive Information
500
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All pressure transmitters
Operating
region
250
28
0
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX
Directive.
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/
23/EC)
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
All Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Hazardous Locations Certifications
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in
potentially explosive atmosphere requiring category
1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element
may be charged by the flow of non-conducting
media, so there may be electrostatic hazard with
IIC-gases. These units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected
according to the manufacturers instructions.
40
58
Index
BLV811
SATRON VVFee Pressure Transmitter
Dimensions (mm)
1.5.2014
40
Ø6
Std. PG9
135
Ø22
min. R30
100
70
P , maximum length 50 m
Housing type H, plug connector,
DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
Ø48
75
135
Housing type M, junction box/
terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1.5
Std. M20 x 1,5
170
70
Housing type N, junction box/
terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1.5
Std. M20 x 1,5
59
Index
BLV811
SATRON VVFee Pressure Transmitter
1.5.2014
Dimensions (mm)
90
Housing type N, with plug connector,
DIN43650
Std. PG9
Esc
Enter
Screws should not be tightened
so much so that the cable
inside the ref. pressure hose
gets blocked!
13
Satron SI-Toole
Orded code : M1330001
45
Ø6
40
26
60
Connection with Satron SI-Toole
Mounting part for cable
Installation methods
Adjusting
(0)*
(1)*
*) See the selection table "Other mounting accessories"
(2)*
E
Adjusting
Instead of the
flange
threaded
sleeve can
also be used.
Flange or
threaded sleeve
60
Index
BLV811
SATRON VVFee Pressure Transmitter
1.5.2014
mA
mA
-
-
+
+
Hart®
mA
+ -
Test
2
1
+ -
+
Test
Test
3
Load
2
1
Power
2
1
3
Load
Load
Power
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, code H
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Wiring
Power
Housing with display, code N
3
2
1
Housing with display, code N
Keyboard :
Esc
Load
=
=
=
Power
Wiring housing with plug DIN 43650, code N---/ -P
Enter
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
61
Index
BLV811
SATRON VVFee Pressure Transmitter
1.5.2014
Selection Chart
Adjustability
VVFee 4
VVFee 5
Span, min.
Span, max.
Measuring range
4kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
Output
S
4-20mA DC/HART® -protocol
0 no flange or thread DB DN50 PN40
DC DN80 PN40
AC ANSI 2" 150lbs
Flange or
AD ANSI 2" 300 lbs
AE ANSI 3" 150 lbs
AF ANSI 3" 300lbs
GA G1A, male
thread
GB G1½A, male
GC G2A, male
NA 1½ - NPT, male
NB 2 - NPT, male
sleeve
Wetted
Flange or thread sleeve
Diaphragm
Extension
materials Code
Material
Code
Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4435)
AISI316 / PUR
Fill fluid
S Silicone oil
G Inert oil
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion
0 No explosion proof classification 1 Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 2 GD T135°C
proof
Length P of PTFE/AISI316 hose between sensing element and housing
P10 1.0 m hose
P25 2.5 m hose
...
P500 50.0 m hose
Length E of mounting/protective tube
Other mounting
accessories
0
1
2
E10 1.0 m hose
E15 1.5 m hose
...
E55 5.5 m hose
No separate fastening parts
Separate fastening part for cable, adjustable
Mounting bracket and protective tube
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13.5
P Plug DIN 43650
Documentation
Calibration Certificate
AE English
Installation and Operating Instructions
IE English
IF Finnish
Material Certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 Raw materials certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2)
standard
MC3 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN 50049-3.1B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon® is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers.
62
Index
BLV820
M2, revision 5
13.02.2017
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VL pressure transmitter belongs to the V transmitter family. The
series V transmitters have both analog and smart properties. SATRON VL
is used for 0-1.4 kPa...0-15 MPa ranges. It is a 2-wire transmitter with
HART® standard communication. In pressure measuring applications
SATRON VL transmitters are used for measuring the pressure of clean,
sedimenting, crystallizing and sticking materials. The transmitter's sensor is
piezoresistive. The rangeability is 100:1 for types VL6 - VL7. The versatile
selection of diaphragm materials will meet the needs in most processes.
Also the models with special accuracy are included to the series of VL
transmitters.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is freely
selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using extern
control shafts (analog option), keyboard
(display option), HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Process temperature/°C
200
Recommended
application range
(horizontal
mounting)
20
40
60
80
ambient temperature/°C
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function
(16 points)specified by the user
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12-35 VDC.
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH; freezing of condensed
water is not allowed in reference
pressure channels.
Pressure limits
Minimum and maximum process
pressure: see the appended tables.
1)
Accuracy
±0.05 % of calibrated span
(For spans 1:1-5:1).
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz.
±[0.025+0.01 x ( max.span
) ]% of
calibrated span calibrated span
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
Long-term stability
• ±0.1 % of max. span / 1 year
Temperature effect on -30 °C to
+80 °C range, optional
Zero and span error
• ±0.15 % of max. span, code E
• ±0.5 % of max. span, code G
Temperature effect on 0 to +200 °C,
code H
• ±1 % of max. span
• Process connection PA (VL4 and 5):
±2 % of max. span
Mounting position effect
Deviation from horizontal position
causes a zero shift that can be
calibrated out.
VL3
VL4
VL5
VL6
VL7
0.2
0.3
1.5
7.5
40.0
Fill fluid Silicone oil, inert oil or Food oil
(Neobee M20).
Housing with PLUG connector, codes
H and T
Housing: AISI303/316
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF, protected
with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, codes M and N
Housing: AISI303/316; Seals: Nitrile
and Viton®; Nameplates: Polyester
Connection cable between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and K :
PTFE hose with AISI316 braiding.
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1 s.
damping. (If range is not specified,
transmitter is calibrated for maximum
range.)
Enclosure class: IP66.
Tproc.
Pressure capacity
Max. overload pressure, MPa
Materials
Diaphragm 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
AISI304 (EN 1.4301), Duplex (EN
1.4462), Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819),
Tantalum or Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035).
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316L, AISI316.
Minimum process pressure:
Pressure limits
Transmitter
type
Power supply effect
<±0.01 % of calibrated span per volt.
CONSTRUCTION AND CALIBRATION
For spans 5:1-100:1,
Temperature effect on +20 °C to
+70 °C range, process connections
BA and DA
Zero and span error
• ±0.08 % of max. span, code S
150
50
Vibration effect (IEC 68-2-6: FC):
±0.1 % of span per 2 g to 10-2000 Hz.
Special accurate diaphragm AISI304:
±1.5 % of calibrated span
(For spans 1:1-100:1).
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: -30 to +125 °C / +200 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display:
0 to +50ºC (does not affect operation of
the transmitter)
100
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span, no
range elevation, horizontal mounting;
AISI316L diaphragm, silicone oil fill
Pressure
class,
max.
PN40
PN40
PN40
PN100
PN250
°C
Min.pressure for different
fill fluids (kPa, abs.)
DC200
100 cSt
Inert
oil
20
40
80
5
8
10
8
10
28
120
160
200
15
25
40
53
90
-
Parts in contact with process medium.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
63
Index
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
Process connections
See Selection Table and dimensional
drawings.
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector,
codes H and T: PLUG connector,
connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
13.02.2017
Product Certifications
European Directive Information
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
All pressure transmitters
Housing with junction box/terminal strip,
codes M and N:
Pg13.5, 1/2-NPT inlet; screw terminals
for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 wires.
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies
with the ATEX Directive.
Weight
European Pressure Equipment
Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
MOUNTING
TYPE
DN50
Flange DN80
SA (Sandvik)
Tx (Tri-Clamp)
PA (PMC 1")
BA, VA, WA
UA, VB, WB
Weight / kg
EXTENSION CODE
0
2
4
6
4.1 4.7 4.9
5.1
6.4 7.6 7.7
8.1
3.8 5.0
6.1
0.9
0.6
0,9
1.0
-
Type M : add 0.5 kg
and type N : add 0.6 kg to the specified
weights.
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Special Conditions for Safe
Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic
window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not
be installed in potentially
explosive atmosphere requiring
category 1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of
the sensor element may be
charged by the flow of nonconducting media, so there may
be electrostatic hazard with IICgases. These units should be
marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed
and connected according to the
manufacturers instructions.
All Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
Hazardous Locations
Certifications
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSLATEX- 1346X
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
Load / Ω
1400
1250
1000
750
500
Operating
region
250
28
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Supply voltage for transmitter
without intrinsic safety (not ATEX)
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
40
64
Index
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
13.02.2017
mA
mA
-
-
+
+
mA
S
Z
PZ
1
.5
D
Hart®
RUN
3
D N UP
60
+ -
Test
1
+ -
+
Test
Test
2
3
Load
2
1
1
Power
2
3
Load
Load
Power
Power
Wiring
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, codes H and T
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Housing with terminal strip, code N
3
2
1
Keyboard :
Esc
=
=
=
Load
Enter
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
Power
Wiring housing N with plug DIN 43650, code N-/ P
S
.5
D
Hart®
RUN
1
Use of selector switch :
RUN
= working position
PZ
= Process value zero
D
= Damping adjustment
S
= Span adjustment
Z
= Zero adjustment
DN
= Down
UP
= Up
1
PZ
Z
3
DN UP
60
2
3
Housing with PLUG connector, code T
Test
Housing with display, code N
65
Index
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
Dimensional drawings
13.02.2017
(dimensions in mm)
Housing types H, T and M 235
Housing type N 265
d2
[Atex transmitter code 1, +15]
Ød4
Clearance for
cover removal
100
PG9 std. housing types H and T
M20 x 1,5 std. housing types M and N
Process connections Ax, Dx and
Jx, flanged
k
b
Housing types H, T and M 180
Housing type N 215
D
19
Es
Ø115
4xØ14
+0.1
-0.3
23
Process connection UA
- Tuchenhagen DN50/40
(Varinent)
Ø85
-0.1
-0.15
Ø48
Ø115
Ø84
Ø68
[Atex transmitter code 1, +15]
Process connection SA
- Sandvik-clamp
adjustable ±3
2
43
Process connections DA, DN25 PN40 flange with
extension, process temperature max. +125°C
0
-0.2
FLANGE
SIZE
∅d
ISO DN25 PN40
ISO DN50 PN40
ISO DN80 PN40
ISO DN100 PN40
E ±0.4
Code
0
2
4
6
E
Process connection Ax, Dx and Jx
- flange with extension
+0.4
Es +0.3
-0.4
-0.2
0
51
102
152
54,5
105
156
ANSI 1" 150 lbs
ANSI 1" 300 lbs
ANSI 2" 150 lbs
ANSI 2" 300 lbs
ANSI 3" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 300 lbs
ANSI 4" 150 lbs
ANSI 4" 300 lbs
JIS 10K-50
JIS 40K-50
JIS 10K-80
JIS 40K-80
JIS 10K-100
JIS 40K-100
Flange dimens.
b
18
20
24
24
15
18
23
25
26
31
26
34
16
26
18
32
18
36
D
115
165
200
235
108
124
152
165
191
210
229
254
155
165
185
210
210
250
Ød4
68
102
138
162
51
51
92
92
127
127
157
157
96
105
126
140
151
165
Holes
Kpl d2
4
14
4
18
8
18
8
22
4
16
4
20
4
20
8
20
4
20
8
23
8
20
8
23
4
19
8
19
8
19
8
23
8
19
8
25
Exten.
k
Ød -0.2
48
85
51
125
73
160
73
190
79.4
88.9
120.6 51
127
51
152.4 73
168.3 73
190.5 73
73
200
120
51
51
130
150
73
170
73
175
73
205
73
66
Index
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
13.02.2017
Dimensional drawings (dimensions in mm)
Housing types H, T and M 165
Housing type N 195
Housing types H, T and M 130
Housing type N 160
Process connection PA
- PMC 1"
38
51
28,5
51
72
102
Ø41 -0,025
72
M45 x 2
Process connection BA
- M45x2
A
Thread
ØD
Size
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
Process connection BB
- M45x2 with tapered
E
Process connection VA and VB
- SMS38 and SMS51
Dimensions
ØD
A
54
21
64
23
0
2
3
4
Hex 46
Ø41 -0,025
Hex 46
ØD
Size
L
L
[Atex transmitter code 1,
+15 and temperature code H, +40]
A
BA - extension
code
SI38
SI51
Dimensions
ØD A
E
54
21
24
64
23
27
Process connection WA and WB
- SMS-SI38 and SMS-SI51
Thread
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
20
100
Housing types H, T and M 215
Housing type N 245
ATEX transmitter +15
Optio K
110
Clearance for
cover removal
ØD
125
eg. DN80 flange
min. 205
110
Process connection TA, TB and TC
- Tri-clamp DN38 ... 63.5
DN
38
51
63,5
ØD
50,5
64
77,5
min. R75
60
Optio L
PG9 std. housing types H and T
M20 x 1,5 std. housing types M and N
Remote electronics,
connecting cable with
protection hose, codes L and K
M45x2
Ø26.2
[Atex transmitter code 1, +15]
eg. DN80 flange min. 345
67
Index
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
(dimensions in mm)
Ø48
Dimensional drawings
13.02.2017
Housing with plug-connector, DIN
43650, codes H and T
Ø48
PG9 std. housing types H and T
75
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, code M
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type M
70
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display, code N
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type N
90
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display and plugconnector DIN 43650, code N- / P
PG9 std. housing type N with plug DIN 43650
Esc
Enter
68
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
13.02.2017
Selection Chart
Adjustability ( ±)
VL3
VL4
VL5
VLA5
VL6
VLA6
VL7
Span, min.
1.4kPa (14 mbar)
4kPa (40 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
10 kPa (100 mbar)
0,03 MPa (0,3 bar)
0,03 MPa (0,3 bar)
1 MPa (10 bar)
Output
Span, max.
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
3 MPa (30 bar )
15 MPa (150 bar)
Measuring range
-35...+35 kPa (-350...350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...1000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar)
-100...+500 kPa (-1000...5000 mbar), abs.
-0.1...+3 MPa (-1...30 bar)
0...+3 MPa (0...30 bar), abs.
0...+15 MPa (0...150 bar), abs.
S 4-20mA DC/HART® -protocol
Process connections
DA DN25 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DB DN50 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DC DN80 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DD DN100 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
JA JIS 10K 50 JIS B 2220
JB JIS 40K 50 JIS B 2220
JC JIS 10K 80 JIS B 2220
JD JIS 40K 80 JIS B 2220
JE
JIS 10K 100 JIS B 2220
JF
JIS 40K 100 JIS B 2220
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
TA
TB
ANSI 1" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 1" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 2" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 2" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 3" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 3" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 4" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 4" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
Tri-clamp DN38 PN40 ISO 2852
Tri-clamp DN51 PN40 ISO 2852
Extension length (mm) (Flanged conn.)
0
0
1
23
2
51
3
72
4
102
6
152
Wetted materials
(Sandvik-conn.)
54.5
105
156
Diaphragm
Code Material
1
Nickel (*)
2
AISI316L
3
Hast.C 276
Code
5
6
8
A
TC
UA
PA
SA
VA
VB
WA
WB
BA
BB
Tri-clamp DN63.5 PN40 ISO 2852
Tuchenhagen DN50/40 (Varivent) PN40
PMC 1" PN40
Sandvik DN70 PN64
SMS 38
SMS 51
SMS-SI 38 with 24 mm extension
SMS-SI 51 with 27 mm extension
M45x2 PN160
M45x2 PN160 with 72mm extension
(not proc. conn. SA)
(only proc. conn. DA, DN25 PN40, max. +125°C)
(not proc. conn, BB, DA, PA, Tx, UA, Vx and Wx)
(only proc. conn. BA, in the Pasve BA mounting)
(not proc. conn, BB, DA, PA, Tx, UA, Vx and Wx)
(not proc. conn, BB, DA, PA, Tx, UA, Vx and Wx)
Material
Tantalum
Titanium Gr2 (*)
Duplex (**)
AISI304
Extension or other wetted parts
Code Material
2
AISI316L
3
Hast.C 276
8
Duplex (EN1.4462)
Fill fluid S Silicon oil
G Inert oil
A Food and beverage special oil (Neobee M20)
Housing type
H
Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
T
Housing with PLUG-connector with manual adjust, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9, (no ATEX)
M
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion proof
0 No explosion proof classification
1
Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 1 GD T135°C (***)
Temperature effect on -30°C to +80°C range, % per max. span
G ±0,5%
E ±0,15%
Temperature effect on +20°C to +70°C range, % per max. span
S ±0.08% (only process connections BA and DA)
Temperature effect on 0°C to +200°C range, % per max. span
H ±1% (not possible process connections DA1, TA, TB and TC)
Process coupling (for types SA, Tx, PA and BA)
0 No coupling
A With coupling
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G Pg13.5
Material
2 AISI316L
3 Hast.C276
8 Duplex (1.4462)
P Plug DIN 43650
Special features
Special electronics (specify only if housing connected with hose to sensing element)
- connecting cable with protection hose
L Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, straight
K Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, angle of 90º
Length of cable between sensing element and housing
(specify only if housing connected with cable to sensing element)
2
2 m cable
3
3 m cable
etc. (max. 10 m)
Mounting parts for remote electronics for Ø51 mm tube
0 No mounting parts
1 Mounting parts
Documentation
Calibration Certificate
AE English
Installation and Operating Instructions
IE English
IF Finnish
Material Certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 Raw materials certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN 50049-3.1B) standard
69
Index
Index
BLV820
SATRON VL Pressure Transmitter
SMS-SI couplings :
Coupling M45x2 with adjust, for process connection BA,
order code M1050459
L1
Ø60
for vessel
Dimensions
Ød
L2
38,5
24
51
25
ØD
60
70
Thread
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
Pasve BA working position:
For process connections BA3 and BB
1. Transmitter in measuring
2. Transmitter can be checked, changed,
calibrated or the transmitter diaphragm
can be flushed
1.
2.
Coupling BB M45x2, for process connection BB, order
code M1050474 (Welding assistant, code M1050473)
57
Ø60
L1
27
30
M45x2
38
51
28,5
ØD
Ød
L2
for pipe
Size
13.02.2017
(*) =
(**) =
only with flange
not for range 3 with process connection code PA
(***) = Housing H and N :
II 2 GD T135°C
ATEX transmitters with display are the model
without membrane key.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomers.
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon® is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co
70
Index
BLVT830
M3, revision 5
11.01.16
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
SATRON VDtL differential pressure transmitter belongs to V-transmitter
family. The series V transmitters have both analog and smart properties.
SATRON VDtL is used for 1.4 kPa...3 MPa ranges. It is a 2-wire
transmitter with HART® standard communication. In pressure measuring
applications SATRON VDtL transmitters are used for liquid level, pipeline
pressure and density measurements. SATRON VDtL transmitter is
equipped with an SOS (Silicon On Sapphire) sensing element. The
rangeability is 25:1.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is freely
selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using extern
control shafts (analog option), keyboard
(display option), HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0,01 to 60 s.
Temperature limits
Process temperature:
range 3: +10 to +80 °C
ranges 4, 5 and 6: -30 to +120 °C
Ambient temperature: -30 to +80 °C
Shipping and storage: -30 to +80 °C.
Operating temperature of display: 0 to
+50ºC (does not affect operation of the
transmitter)
Pressure limits
Withstands 40 bar static pressure and
unequal pressure load without damage
to the transmitter. Pressure class: see
Process Connections. See the following
table for minimum pressure limits.
Minimum process pressure:
Tproc
Min. pressure for different
fill fluids (kPa, abs.)
°C
20
60
80
120
DC200
10 cSt
5.0
12.0
16.0
21.0
Inert
oil
8.0
18.5
28.0
53.0
Volume of negative-side process
chamber: 2.5 cm3.
Process chamber’s volumetric
displacement for maximum span:
< 0.1 cm3
Output 2-wire (2W), 4-20 mA,
user selectable for linear, square root,
inverted signal or the transfer function (16
points)specified by the user
Supply voltage and permissible load
See the load capacity diagram;
4-20 mA output: 12-35 VDC.
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH; freezing of condensed
water not allowed in reference
pressure channels.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Tested in accordance with IEC 60770:
Reference conditions, specified span,
no range elevation, horizontal
mounting; AISI316L diaphragm, silicone
oil fill.
Accuracy
±0.05 % of calibrated span
(span 1:1-5:1 /max.range).
On the measuring ranges 5:1-25:1:
±[0.01+0.012 x ( max.span
) ]% of
calibrated span calibrated span
Special accurate diaphragm AISI304:
±1.5 % of calibrated span.
(For spans 1:1 - 25:1)
(incl. nonlinearity, hysteresis and
repeatability)
Long-term stability
±0.1 %/max. span for 12 months
Temperature effect on compensated
temperature range
Ambient: Zero and span shift: ±0.5 % of
max. span.
Process: Zero error: ±0.5 % of
max.span (ranges 4,5 and 6),
±1 mbar per 10 K or min. ±0.5 % of
max.span (range 3)
Static pressure effect on Zero
• ±0.5 % of max.span per 4 MPa
Mounting position effect
Deviation from horizontal position
causes a zero shift that can be
calibrated out.
Power supply effect
< ±0.01 % of calibrated span per volt.
Insulation test voltage
500 V rms 50 Hz
CONSTRUCTION AND CALIBRATION
Materials
Diaphragms 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4435),
AISI304 (EN 1.4301), Duplex (EN
1.4462), Hast. C276 (EN 2.4819),
Nickel, Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035) or
Tantalum.
Flanges 1) and vent valves 1): AISI316,
Duplex or Hast. C276.
O-ring on sensing element: PTFE.
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, SIS 2343, SIS 2324.
Mounting bolts and nuts for sensor
flanges: AISI316 (PN420: m.8.8.Zne)
Fill fluid
Silicone oil (DC200, 10 cSt) or inert oil
or food industry oil (Neobee M-20).
Housing with PLUG connector, codes
H and T
Housing: AISI316
Seals: Viton® and NBR
TEST jacks: MS358Sn/PVDF, protected
with silicone rubber shield.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316 retaining
screw.
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, M and N
Housing: AISI303/316
Seals: Nitrile and Viton®
Nameplates: Polyester
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
(codes L and K):
PTFE hose with AISI316 braiding.
Calibration
For customer-specified range with 1s.
damping. (If range is not specified,
transmitter is calibrated for maximum
range.)
Enclosure class: IP66.
Process connections
See
Selection Table
1)
Parts in contact with process medium.
Load / Ω
1400
1250
1000
750
500
Operating
region
250
0
10 12
15
20
25
30
35
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
40
Index
71
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, H and T :
PLUG connector, connector type DIN 43650 model AF; Pg9
gland for cable; wire cross-section 0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
11.01.2016
Load / Ω
1400
1250
Housing with junction box/terminal strip, M and N:
Inlet M20x1.5, 1/2-NPT; screw terminals for 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
wires
1000
Product Certifications
750
European Directive Information
500
Electro Magnetic Compatibility
(EMC directive 2004/108/EC)
Operating
region
250
All differential pressure transmitters
28
0
Atex Directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX
Directive.
10 12
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/
23/EC)
R max = Supply voltage - 12 V
15
20
30
25
35
40
Supply voltage /V
Min. load using HART® - communication 250 Ω
I max
I max = 20.5 mA using HART®-communication
All Differential Pressure Transmitters :
- Sound Engineering Practice
I max = 23 mA (when the alarm current 22,5 mA is on)
Hazardous Locations Certifications
Supply voltage for transmitter
with certified intrinsic safety (ATEX)
European Certifications
ATEX Intrinsic Safety
Certification No. : DNV-2007-OSL-ATEX- 1346X
II 1 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
II 2 GD T135°C EEx ia II C T4 -20°C ≤ Tamb ≤ 50°C
Input Parameters :
Ui = 28 V
Ii = 93 mA
Pi = 0.651 W
Ci = 5 nF
Li = 0.2 mH
Special Conditions for Safe Use (X) :
The enclosure with plastic window and the plastic
DIN43650 connector must not be installed in potentially
explosive atmosphere requiring category 1 apparatus.
The non-conducting surface of the sensor element may
be charged by the flow of non-conducting media, so
there may be electrosatic hazard with IIC-gases. These
units should be marked 2 GD.
The equipment shall be installed and connected
according to the manufacturers instructions.
Weight (kg):
See the table; add 0,6 kg for transmitter with screwed cap
housing and 0,7 kg for housing with display.
Type
Extension code
0
2
4
Ax, Dx, JX* 9.2
SA*
9.6
7.2
10
7.7
* process connection code
6
10.4
8.1
72
Index
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
11.01.2016
d2
d2
M10 / deep 14 / PN100
54±0,2
Housing types H, T and M 188
Housing types N 218
Dimensions (in mm)
96
175
k
Pg9 std. Housing types H and T
D
+0.5
125
Process connection
types Ax, Dx and Jx
+0.3
0
2.5 0
Ø18.5
14.5
1/4-18 NPSF
Notice!
The flange dimensions on the last page!
A-A
Housing types H, T and M 215
100 Housing type N 245
125
A
110
min. R75
Optio L
60
>290
Pg9 std. Housing types H and T
M20x1,5 std. Housing type N
Optio K
>100
A
73
Index
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
11.01.2016
Notice!
The flange dimensions on the last page!
Dimensions (mm)
d2
∅d
ØD
0
-0.2
20
Process connection types TA ,
TB and TC
- Tri-clamp DN38 ... 63,5
E ±0.4
k
Process connection types Ax, Dx and Jx, with extension
Extension code
0
2
4
51
102
152
A
Es
ØD
Ø115
0
6
+0.1
-0.3
Process connection types VA and VB
- SMS38 and SMS51
Process connection type SA
Dimensions
ØD
A
54
21
64
23
Size
Extension code
2
4
6
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
156
Process connection BA
- M45x2
72
Ø41 -0,025
Hex 46
72
M45 x 2
Hex 46
54.5 105
Ø41 -0,025
Dim. Es
38
51
Thread
Process connection BB
- M45x2 with tapered
M45x2
Dim. E
ØD
50,5
64
77,5
DN
38
51
63,5
D
74
Index
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
(dimensions in mm)
Ø48
Dimensional drawings
11.01.2016
Housing with plug-connector, DIN
43650, codes H and T
Ø48
PG9 std. housing types H and T
75
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, code M
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type M
70
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display, code N
M20 x 1,5 std. housing type N
90
Housing with junction box/terminal
strip, with display and plugconnector DIN 43650, code N- / P
PG9 std. housing type N with plug DIN 43650
Esc
Enter
75
Index
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
11.01.2016
mA
mA
-
-
+
+
mA
S
Z
PZ
1
.5
D
Hart®
RUN
3
D N UP
60
+ -
Test
1
+ -
+
Test
Test
2
3
Load
2
1
1
Power
2
3
Load
Load
Power
Power
Wiring
Wiring
Wiring
Housing with PLUG connector, codes H and T
Housing with terminal strip, code M
Housing with terminal strip, code N
3
2
1
Keyboard :
Esc
=
Load
Enter
Power
.5
D
Hart®
RUN
1
Use of
RUN
PZ
D
S
Z
DN
UP
selector switch :
= working position
= Process value zero
= Damping adjustment
= Span adjustment
= Zero adjustment
= Down
= Up
1
PZ
Z
3
DN UP
60
2
3
Housing with PLUG connector, code T
=
Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level
or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu
level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept
a command or parameter value.
Housing with display, code N
Wiring housing with plug DIN 43650, code N-/ P
S
=
=
Test
76
Index
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
11.01.2016
Selection Chart
VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
Adjustability ( ± )
Span, min.
3
1,4 kPa (14 mbar)
4
4 kPa (40 mbar)
5
26,5 kPa (265 mbar)
6
145 kPa (1,45 bar)
Output
S
Span, max.
35 kPa (350 mbar)
100 kPa (1000 mbar)
500 kPa (5000 mbar)
3 MPa (30 bar)
Measuring range
-35...+35 kPa (-350...+350 mbar)
-100...+100 kPa (-1000...+1000 mbar)
-500...+500 kPa (-5000...+5000 mbar)
-3...+3 MPa (-30...+30 bar)
4-20mA DC/HART® -protocol
JE
JF
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
Process connections
DB DN50 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DC DN80 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
DD DN100 PN40 ISO 2084-1974
JA JIS 10K 50 JIS B 2220
JB JIS 40K 50 JIS B 2220
JC JIS 10K 80 JIS B 2220
JD JIS 40K 80 JIS B 2220
Extension length/mm
0
2
4
6
TA
TB
TC
SA
VA
VB
BA
BB
JIS 10K 100 JIS B 2220
JIS 40K 100 JIS B 2220
ANSI 2" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 2" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 3" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 3" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 4" 150 lbs ANSI B16-5
ANSI 4" 300 lbs ANSI B16-5
Process connections DC, AE and AF
0
51
102
152
Tri-clamp DN38 PN40 ISO 2852
Tri-clamp DN51 PN40 ISO 2852
Tri-clamp DN63.5 PN40 ISO 2852
Sandvik DN70 PN64
SMS 38
SMS 51
M45x2 PN160
M45x2 PN160 with tapered
Process connection SA
54.5
105
156
Wetted materials
(-)-flange
(+)diaphragm
(-)-diaphragm
Extension
(-)diaphragm coating
Code Material
Code Material
Code Material
Code Material
Code
Material
2
AISI316L
1 Nickel (*)
2
AISI316L/317L 2
AISI316L
9
gold/Rhodium
3
Hast.C 276 2 AISI316L
3
Hast.C 276
3
Hast.C 276
(Do not enter
3 Hast. C276
5
Tantalum
8
Duplex
code if diaphragm
5 Tantalum
8
Duplex
not coated)
6 Titanium Gr2 (*)
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
A AISI304
Fill fluid
S Silicone oil
A Oil for food Industry (Neobee M-20)
G Inert oil
D
M10,
PN100,
ranges
3
to
6,
IEC
61518.
(-)-side process
U 7/16-20 UNF, PN100, ranges 3, 4, and 5 only.
connection
F Screwed flange adapters, PN100, IEC 61518.
V Connection through hydraulic seal (not recommended for ranges 3 and 4).
Housing type
H Housing with PLUG-connector, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9
T Housing with PLUG-connect.with manual adjust, DIN43650, no display, inlet PG9, no ATEX
M Housing with junction box/terminal strip, no display, inlet M20x1,5
N Housing with junction box/terminal strip, with display, inlet M20x1,5
Explosion proof
Process coupling
0 No coupling
A With coupling
Process thread
on flange adapter
(only specify for
(-)-side
process conn. F)
0
No explosion proof
1
Atex Intrinsic Safety,
II 1 GD T135°C (**)
Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
3
Hast.C276 (EN 2.4819)
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Thread type
Thread size
Code Type
Code Size
R
straight R thread
2
1/4
N
NPS thread
3
3/8
P
taper R thread
4
1/2
T
NPT thread
Special size of electrical inlet
N 1/2 NPT
G
Pg13.5
P
Plug DIN 43650
Special features
Special electronics (specify only if housing connected with hose to sensing element)
- connecting cable with protection hose
L Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, straight
K Hose protected with PTFE/AISI316 braiding, angle of 90º
Length of cable between sensing element and housing
(specify only if housing connected with cable to sensing element)
2
2 m cable
3
3 m cable
etc. (max. 10 m)
Mounting parts for remote electronics for Ø51 mm tube
0 No mounting parts 1 Mounting parts
Documentation
Calibration Certificate
AE English
Installation and Operating Instructions
IE
English
IF Finnish
Material Certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1
Raw materials certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2
Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3
Raw materials certificate for wetted parts with appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN 50049-3.1B) standard
(*) = only with flange
(**) = Housing H and N :
II 2 GD T135°C
77
Index
BLVT830
SATRON VDtL Differential Pressure Transmitter
Flange
size
Flange dimensions
b
20
24
ISO DN100 PN40 24
23
ANSI 2" 150 lbs
25
ANSI 2" 300 lbs
26
ANSI 3" 150 lbs
31
ANSI 3" 300 lbs
26
ANSI 4" 150 lbs
34
ANSI 4" 300 lbs
16
JIS 10K-50
26
JIS 40K-50
18
JIS 10K-80
32
JIS 40K-80
18
JIS 10K-100
36
JIS 40K-100
ISO DN50 PN40
ISO DN80 PN40
D
165
200
235
152
165
191
210
229
254
155
165
185
210
210
250
Ød4 pcs
4
102
8
138
8
162
4
92
8
92
4
127
8
127
8
157
8
157
4
96
8
105
8
126
8
140
8
151
8
165
Holes
d2
18
18
22
20
20
20
23
20
23
19
19
19
23
19
25
11.01.2016
Extension
k
Ød -0.2
125
51
160
73
190
73
120.6 51
51
127
152.4 73
168.3 73
190.5 73
73
200
51
120
51
130
73
150
73
170
73
175
73
205
Process connection types Ax, Dx and Jx
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART® is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Viton® is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomers.
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon® is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co
(**) = ATEX transmitters with display are the
model without membrane key.
78
Index
"#$%
!!
%&' ($%%
)
*
*
* !! +
. . **
-
,
!
!"#$
!"#$ *
%
%
,
!
!
&'()
&'+)
!
& -)
! "
$!
'(
#
%&
( )
%
.
/
)*
,
*
*
+ *
*
,
*
+ *
$
)*
*
,
-
.
*
*
01
$
+
-
/
(
%
!"#
!"
# $%$ "
&
!
!"
# $%$ "
'''
Index
79
80
Index
SATRON PASVE
Mounting & Service Valve
G340
01.10.2015
Selection table
PASVE
Body
G Standard model (with 3 seals)
N Flushing (with 2 seals)
Mounting
C On container
P On pipe
PASVE® is a ball-type mounting &
service valve for SATRON VG and HG
type level and pressure transmitters.
PASVE® makes it simple to disconnect the transmitter from the process
for maintenance and cleaning, without
stopping the process or draining the
tank.
PASVE® is available in a manually
operated type or equipped with a
pneumatic actuator.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter connection
G1 female, seat accepts SATRON VGtransmitters.
Wetted parts (C and P)
Code
Material
2
AISI316L (std.)
3
Hastelloy C
4
AISI904L
6
Titanium
8
Duplex
F On flange
Flanges
Code Type
T
DN50 PN40
(only manual)
D
DN80 PN40
J
DN100 PN10/16
C
DN100 PN40
K
ANSI 2½"/150lbs
(only manual)
A
ANSI 3"/150 lbs
B
ANSI 3"/300 lbs
H
ANSI 4"150 lbs
G
ANSI 4"/300 lbs
Wetted parts
Code Material
2
AISI316L
3
Hastelloy® C276
4
AISI904L
6
Titanium
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
P1
PVDF PN10
(P1 only for flange codes D,A,E)
Seals
0
1
4
5
6
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr (std.)
PTFE 100%
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / AISI316 / PTFE 50 % (Hard)
PTFE 100% / AISI316 / PTFE 50% (Hard)
PTFE 100% / PVDF 100% (Hard)
Pt100 temperature sensor (Only with body code N)
0
No sensor
X
With sensor (measuring range: -50...+200 °C)
Actuator
MD
AD_
AS_
Max. operating pressure/temperature
Pressure 40 bar, temperature 250 °C,
(see the appended table).
Min. operating temp. -50 °C.
PVDF: See the appended table.
No actuator (manually operated) AE1
Double-action actuator
AE3
Spring-return actuator
Solenoid valve type (for codes AD and AS only)
0
1
2
3
_
_
_
_
No solenoid valve
230 V AC 50 Hz 2 W (std.)
24 V DC 2.5 W (also EEx dm)
115 V AC 60 Hz 2 W
Solenoid explosion proof
0 No explosion proof
1 EEx m II T4
2 EEx ia IIC T6
Materials
Wetted parts: AISI316L, AISI904L,Duplex,
Hastelloy C276, Titanium, for F type also
PVDF. Seals PTFE or PTFE with carbon
and graphite filling.
Position switches
Weight
PASVE GC 4.3 kg, PASVE GP 4.2 kg,
PASVE GF 8.4 kg, Actuator 5.5 kg
Options
Z1 For oxygen use
Z2 Process side flushing
Documentation
IE English
Pressure/Temperature curve
bar PN40/ANSI300lbs
40
Electric actuator 230 V
Electric actuator 115 V
0
X
None
Equipped with position switches
4 _ 28 V DC 0.4 W (only EEx ia)
3
A
E
EEx dm IIC T5/T6
Position switch EEx ib IIC T5/T6
Position switch NAMUR, DIN 19234
Z4
Z5
Cutting ball
Diamond-coated ball
IF
Finnish
Material certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Specification example: PASVE G FD2 0 0 AD10 X IE MC1
30
20
ANSI150lbs
10
-50
¼ - NPSF
0
50
100 150 200 250°C
¼ - NPSF
M6
PVDF PN10
Body G
Body N
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
81
Index
SATRON PASVE
Dimensions (mm)
G340
Mounting & Service Valve
01.10.2015
Manually operated
PASVE GC
NC
Welded on container
PASVE GF-(a)
NF-(a)
Flange type
PASVE GP
NP
Welded on pipe
55
66
41
L
L
R262
Ø70
Ø115
ØD
Ø127
L
R262
6.5
R262
A
GF-(a)
ØD
Ød
172
191
210
229
254
165
200
220
235
185
210
139.7
152.4
168.3
190.5
200
125
160
180
190
150
170
A
With pneumatic actuator
22
22
27
26
29
20
22
22
26
20
30
PASVE GF-(a)
NF-(a)
L
PASVE GC
NC
PASVE GP
NP
ØD
55
A
Ød
66
41
300
225
6.5
Ø70
ANSI 2½" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 300 lbs
ANSI 4" 150 lbs
ANSI 4" 300 lbs
DN50 PN40
DN80 PN40
DN100 PN10/16
DN100 PN40
JIS10K 80
JIS40K 80
Ø127
K
A
B
H
G
T
D
J
C
E
F
Ø115
FLANGE
Code Type
260 (type AD)
390 (type AS)
Surface temperature
OPERATING POSITIONS
Measuring
position
Replacement
and zero
setting
Cleaning and
checking,
only manual
model
Ambient temperature
°C
70
85
120
Temperature
class
T6
T5
T4
European Directive Information
ATEX directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX directive.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
- Sound Engineering Practice
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
Teflon® is the registered trademark
of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co
Hastelloy® is the registered trademark
of Haynes International.
Pasve® is the registered trademark of Satron Instruments Inc.
European Certification
II 3 GD
82
Index
SATRON PASVE BA
G360
Mounting & Service Valve
15.11.2012
Selection table
PASVE BA
Mounting
Wetted
Code
C On container 2
P On pipe
3
4
6
8
K
PASVE® BA is a ball-type mounting
& service valve for SATRON VL- and
VDtL - pressure and differential
pressure transmitters and also for
Satron HPS hydraulic pressure seals.
PASVE® BA makes it simple to
disconnect the transmitter from the
process for checking, changing the
transmitter, flushing and calibration
without stopping the process.
PASVE® BA is available in a
manually operated type or equipped
with a pneumatic actuator.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter connection
M45x2 female thread, suitable for
SATRON VL- and VDtL-transmitters and
for Satron HPS hydraulic pressure seals.
Max. operating pressure/temperature
Pressure 40 bar, temperature 250 °C,
(see the appended table).
Min. operating temp. -50 °C.
Pressure/Temperature curve
bar
40
PN40/AN SI300lbs
parts (C and P)
Material
AISI316L(EN 1.4404) (std.)
Hastelloy C (EN 2.4819)
AISI904L (EN 1.4539)
Titanium Ti-2 (EN 3.7035)
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
254 SMO®
F Flange
Flanges
Code Type
D
DN80 PN40
J
DN100 PN10/16
C
DN100 PN40
A
ANSI 3"/150 lbs
B
ANSI 3"/300 lbs
H
ANSI 4"150 lbs
G
ANSI 4"/300 lbs
Wetted
Code
2
3
4
6
8
K
parts
Material
AISI316L
Hastelloy® C276
AISI904L
Titanium
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
254 SMO®
Seals
0
1
4
5
6
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr (std.)
PTFE 100%
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / AISI316 / PTFE 50 % (Hard)
PTFE 100% / AISI316 / PTFE 50% (Hard)
PTFE 100% / PVDF 100% (Hard)
Pt100 Temperature transmitter
0
No sensor
X
With sensor (-50...+200 °C)
Actuator
MD No actuator (manually operated) AE1
AD_ Double-action actuator
AE3
AS_ Spring-return actuator
A0
Electric actuator 230 V
Electric actuator 115 V
No actuator, fittings to the
actuator
Solenoid valve type (for codes AD and AS only)
0 _ No solenoid valve
4 _ 28 V DC 0.4 W (only EEx ia)
1 _ 230 V AC 50 Hz 2 W (std.)
2 _ 24 V DC 2.5 W (also EEx dm)
3 _ 115 V AC 60 Hz 2 W
Solenoid explosion proof
0
1
2
No explosion proof
EEx m II T4
EEx ia IIC T6
3
EEx dm IIC T5/T6
Position switches
0
None
A Position switch EEx ib IIC T5/T6
X
Equipped with position switches
E
Position switch NAMUR, DIN 19234
Options
Z1 Oxygen wash
Z2 Process side flushing
Dokumentit
IE
English
IF Finnish
Z4
Z5
Cutting ball
Diamond-coated ball
Material certificates
30
ANSI150lbs
20
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Specification example: PASVE BA FD200AD10XIEMC1
10
-50
0
50
100 150 200 250°C
Materials
Wetted parts : AISI316L, AISI904L, Duplex,
Hastelloy C276, Titanium, 254 SMO.
Seals: PTFE, PTFE with carbon and
graphite filling or PTFE 50%+AISI316 50%
mixture
Weight
PASVE BA C 4,3 kg, PASVE BA P 4,2 kg,
PASVE BA F 8,4 kg, Actuator 5,5 kg
WORKING POSITIONS
1. Transmitter in
measuring
2. Transmitter can be
checked, changed,
calibrated or the
transmitter diaphragm
can be flushed
1.
2.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. + 358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801 www.satron.com
Index
83
Index
84
Index
85
86
Index
Index
SATRON PASVE pH
G345
Mounting & Service Valve
01.11.2016
OPERATING POSITIONS
1/4-NPSF
PASVE® pH is a mounting/service
valve for pH sensors. It can be used
with practically all pH sensors in this
size category in the most demanding
measurement locations.
PASVE® pH allows the cleaning and
calibration of pH sensors without
stopping the process. When required,
this can be done automatically. To
protect the sensor in abrasive
processes, it can be turned to the
measuring position only for the
duration of the actual measurement.
PASVE® pH is available in a manually
operated type or equipped with a
pneumatic or electric actuator.
1/4-NPSF
Measuring position
Sensor in measurement position.
(Flushing channel can be used for
watercooling the sensor and valve)
Cleaning
solution
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Compatible pH sensors
Refer to the Selection Table.
Max. operating pressure/
temperature
40 bar, 250 °C, (see the below table).
Min. operating temp. -50°C.
Sensor-specific limitations should be
taken into account by the application.
Service and calibration position
Sensor is turned inside the valve for cleaning,
calibrating or sensor change without stopping
the process.
Pressure/Temperature curve
bar
40
PN40/ANSI300lbs
30
20
ANSI150lbs
10
-50
PVDF PN10
0
50
100 150 200 250°C
PVDF curve is valid in water
and other clean liquids
Materials
Wetted parts: AISI316L, AISI904L,
Titanium, Hastelloy® C276, Duplex,
254 SMO® and PVDF.
Seals: PTFE, PTFE with carbon and
graphite filling or PTFE 50%+AISI316
50% mixture
Pasve pH manual operation
Pasve pH automatic operation with actuator
Sensor cleaning can be automated to prolong the
sensor life. Pneumatic and electrical actuators
are available for wide application range.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark
of Haynes International.
254 SMO is the registered trademark
of Outokumpu Stainless Inc.
Weight
PASVE pHC 4.7 kg, PASVE pHP 4.8 kg,
PASVE pHF 8.9 kg,
Actuator 5.5 kg
We reserve the right for technical modifications
without prior notice.
Pasve is the registered trademark
of Satron Instruments Inc.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
87
Index
Index
SATRON PASVE pH
G345
Mounting & Service Valve
01.11.2016
Pasve pH with pneumatic actuator
PASVE pHC
PASVE pHF
(Flange type)
L
ØD
55
A
PASVE pHP
(Welded on a
container or a
horizontal pipe,
instructions on
manual page 10)
Ød
(Shape the body for
the pipe Ø before
welding, instructions
on manual page 11)
66
Ø70
6.5
250
306
Ø115
Ø127
41
PASVE pHF
FLANGE
Code Type
K
A
B
H
G
T
D
J
C
E
F
270
400 (type AS)
PASVE pHB
(Welded on a container or a
vertical pipe, body 15º)
PASVE pHT
(Flow-through body,
threaded connection)
Ød
172
191
210
229
254
165
200
220
235
185
210
139.7
152.4
168.3
190.5
200
125
160
180
190
150
170
A
22
22
27
26
29
20
22
22
26
20
30
PASVE pHD
(Flow through body,
flange connection)
306
250
L
Ø115
31
B
250
306
ØD
W
L
ANSI 2½" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 300 lbs
ANSI 4" 150 lbs
ANSI 4" 300 lbs
DN50 PN40
DN80 PN40
DN100 PN10/16
DN100 PN40
JIS10K 80
JIS40K 80
Ø140
M10/15
300
54
230
270
400 (type AS)
L depends on the sensor type
H
K
ØD
PASVE pHT
PASVE pHD
FLANGE
Code Type
H
ANSI 1" 150 lbs
J
ANSI 1" 300 lbs
U
ANSI 2" 150 lbs
V
ANSI 2" 300 lbs
G
DN25 PN40
T
DN50 PN40
Dimensions (mm)
W
55
55
68
68
55
68
ØD H
108 48
124 48
153 76
165 76
115 48
165 76
THREAD
Code Type (dim.K)
2
4
5
1" - NPT
1.5" - NPT
2" - NPT
B
77
92
104
H
48
64
76
88
Index
Index
SATRON PASVE pH
G345
Mounting & Service Valve
01.11.2016
Sensor connection
Standard sensor connection PG13.5 / Ø12 mm / length 120 mm
Code
dimension R
S
R < 30 mm
R
Ref.
M
R < 20 mm
L
R < 10 mm
Check the sensor datasheet for the reference point location!
Special sensor connection types
Code
Sensor
B1
B2
B3
C1
C2
D1
D4
D6
E3
E4
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
G1
G2
GX
H1
H2
I1
K1
O2
P1
R1
R2
R4
R5
R6
R9
RA
RB
RC
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
Y1
Y2
Broadley-James Dynaprobe II
Broadley-James S410
Broadley-James DynaProbe ST856
Honeywell Durafet II, smooth tip
Honeywell Meredian II and Durafet II guarded tip
Barben 546/556, flat glass, 38 mm insertion depth
Barben 551/561, flat glass, actual insertion depth 3.94"
in-line Barben 551/561, flat glass, 100 mm insertion depth (manual only)
E+H CPF81/82, guarded tip, not machined
E+H CPF81, flat glass, not machined
Foxboro 871A
Foxboro 871pH
Foxboro PH10-3
Foxboro PH10-2
in-line Foxboro PH10-2 (manual only)
Lange (GLI) PD1P1.99
Lange (GLI) DPD1P1.99
+GF+ 272X, flat glass
Hamilton Inchtrode N75P
Hamilton Inchtrode N75F
Teledyne Isco 701pH
Kemotron 4835 and 4837 UPW
Orbisphere (31110)
Polymetron 8350/51
Rosemount/Emerson 389
Rosemount/Emerson 385+
Rosemount/Emerson TUpH 396/396VP, 398/398VP
in-line Rosemount/Emerson TUpH Combination 396P/PVP (manual only)
Rosemount/Emerson TUpH Combination 396P/PVP
Rosemount/Emerson 3300HT/HTVP
Rosemount/Emerson 3500VP
Rosemount/Emerson RB-546
Rosemount/Emerson 3900/ 3900VP
ABB TB556, flat glass, 38 mm insertion depth
ABB TB557, flat glass
ABB TB564, flat glass
ABB TB561 / Barben 551/561, flat glass, 100 mm insertion depth
in-line ABB TB564 (manual only), flat glass
in-line ABB TB561 (manual only), flat glass, 100 mm insertion depth
ABB TB556, flat glass, 28 mm insertion depth
Yokogawa FU20 - - NPT (guarded tip)
Yokogawa FU20 - - FSM (flat glass)
Surface temperature
Ambient temperature
°C
70
85
120
European Directive Information
Temperature class
T6
T5
T4
ATEX directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX directive.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
- Sound Engineering Practice
European Certification:
II 3 GD
89
Index
Index
SATRON PASVE pH
G345
Mounting & Service Valve
01.11.2016
Selection Table
PASVE pH
Mounting type
Wetted parts (C, B and P)
C
B
P
F
T
D
Code
2
3
4
6
8
K
Welded on a container or a horizontal pipe (*)
Welded on a container or a vertical pipe, body 15º
Body with a weld neck (**)
Flange mounting
Flow-through body, threaded connection
Flow-through body, flange connection
Material
AISI316L (EN 1.4404), std.
Hastelloy® C276 (EN 2.4819)
AISI904L (EN 1.4539)
Titanium Ti-2 (EN 3.7035)
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
254 SMO®
Process connection type, specified for mounting type F
Flanges
Code Type
T
DN50 PN40 (***)
D
DN80 PN40
J
DN100 PN10/16
C
DN100 PN40
K
ANSI 2½"/150 lbs (***)
Flanges
Code Type
A
ANSI 3"/150 lbs
B
ANSI 3"/300 lbs
H
ANSI 4"150 lbs
G
ANSI 4"/300 lbs
E
JIS 10K 80
F
JIS 40K 80
Wetted parts
Code Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
3
Hastelloy® C276 (EN 2.4819)
4
AISI904L (EN 1.4539)
6
Titanium Ti-2 (EN 3.7035)
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
K
254 SMO®
P1
PVDF PN10 (***)
(P1 only suitable for flange codes D,A,E)
Process connection type, specified for mounting type T
Threads
Code Type
2
1” - NPT
4
1.5”- NPT
5
2” - NPT
Wetted parts
Code
Material
Process connection type, specified for mounting type D
Flanges
Code Type
G
DN25 PN40
M
DN40 PN40
T
DN50 PN40
H
ANSI 1"/150
J
ANSI 1"/300
N
ANSI 1.5"/150
P
ANSI 1.5"/300
Flanges
Code Type
U
ANSI 2"/150
V
ANSI 2"/300
K
JIS 10K 25
R
JIS 10K 40
S
JIS 10K 40
X
JIS 10K 50
L
JIS 40K 25
Y
JIS 40K 50
2
3
4
6
8
K
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
Hastelloy® C276 (EN 2.4819)
AISI904L (EN 1.4539)
Titanium Ti-2 (EN 3.7035)
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
254 SMO®
Wetted parts
Code Material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
3
Hastelloy® C276 (EN 2.4819)
4
AISI904L (EN 1.4539)
6
Titanium Ti-2 (EN 3.7035)
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
K
254 SMO®
Seals
0
1
2
3
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / FPM (std.)
PTFE 100% / FPM
PTFE +20C+5Gr / FFPM
PTFE 100% / FFPM
4
5
6
7
8
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / FPM+AISI316 / PTFE 50 % (Hard)
PTFE 100% / FPM+AISI316 / PTFE 50% (Hard)
PTFE 100% / FPM + PVDF 100% (Hard)
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / EPDM
PTFE 100% / EPDM
Sensor connection
Sensor connection types, see page 3
Pt100 temperature sensor
0
No sensor
X
With sensor (Measuring range -50 ... +200°C
Actuator
MD No actuator (manually operated
AD Double-action actuator
AS Spring-return actuator
AE1 Electric actuator 230 V 50 Hz
AE3 Electric actuator 115 V 60 Hz
A0 No actuator, fittings to the actuator
Solenoid for actuator (only for actuator types AD and AS)
0
No solenoid valve
2
24 V DC 2.5 W (also EEx dm)
1
230 V AC 50 Hz 2 W (as standard)
3
115 V AC 60 Hz 2 W
Solenoid explosion proof
0
No explosion proof
2
EEx ia IIC T6 (only 28V)
1
EEx m II T5
3
EEx dm IIC T5/T6 (only 24V)
4
28 V DC 0.4 W (EEx ia)
Position switches
0
None
A
Position switch EEX ib IIC T5/T6
X
Equipped with position switches
E
Position switch NAMUR, DIN 19234
Special options (not available for all configurations, ask for compatibility)
Z1
For oxygen use
Z2
Process side flushing
Z3
Actuator (AS) reverse action
Documentation
Installation and operating instructions
IE English
IF Finnish
Z4
Z5
Z7
Cutting ball
Diamond-coated ball
Process side flushing through the ball, only Ø12 / L = 120mm sensors
Material certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Specification example: PASVE pH D U2 0 O2 X AD3 1 E Z1 IEMC1
(*)
= Pipe Ø>DN60 with disassembly before welding,
(**)
(***)
= Body can be shaped to fit pipe with Ø>DN70
= Only available with manual operation MD
more information on manual page 10
90
91
92
Index
SATRON PASVE DUAL
PASVE DUAL B
(Welded on container or
vertical pipe, body 15º)
01.07.2010
PASVE DUAL T
(Flow-through,
threaded connection)
L
31
PASVE DUAL D
(Flow through,
flange connection)
L
Ø115
306
250
B
W
250
306
G365
Mounting & Service Valve
Ø140
54
230
270
400 (type AS)
300
M10/15
L depends on the sensor type
H
K
FLANGE
Code Type
H
ANSI 1" 150 lbs
J
ANSI 1" 300 lbs
U
ANSI 2" 150 lbs
V
ANSI 2" 300 lbs
G
DN25 PN40
T
DN50 PN40
ØD
PASVE DUAL T
PASVE DUAL D
W
55
55
68
68
55
68
THREAD
Code Type (dim.K)
ØD H
108 48
124 48
153 76
165 76
115 48
165 76
2
4
5
1" - NPT
1.5" - NPT
2" - NPT
B
H
77
92
104
48
64
76
Dimensions (in mm)
Surface temperature
Ambient temperature
°C
European Directive Information
Temperature class
70
85
T6
T5
120
T4
ATEX directive (94/9/EC)
Satron Instruments Inc. complies with the ATEX directive.
European Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
- Sound Engineering Practice
European Certification:
Sensor connection
Code
Sensor
A
Standard sensor connection PG13.5 / Ø12 / length 120 mm
II 3 GD
93
Index
SATRON PASVE DUAL
Mounting & Service Valve
Selection Table
PASVE DUAL
Mounting type
Wetted parts (C, B and P)
On container or horizontal
pipe , welded
B On container or vertical pipe,
body 15º, welded
P Shape the body to be
suitable to the pipe, welded
F On flange
T Flow-through, threaded connection
D Flow-through, flange connection
Process connection type, specified for mounting type F
Code
none
3
4
6
8
K
C
Flanges
Code Type
T
DN50 PN40 (only
manual using)
D
DN80 PN40
J
DN100 PN10/16
C
DN100 PN40
A
ANSI 3"/150 lbs
B
ANSI 3"/300 lbs
Flanges
Code Type
H
ANSI 4"150 lbs
G
ANSI 4"/300 lbs
E
JIS 10K 80
F
JIS 40K 80
Process connection type, specified for mounting type T
Threads
Code Type
1” - NPT
1.5”- NPT
2” - NPT
2
4
5
Process connection type, specified for mounting type D
Flanges
Code Type
G
DN25 PN40
M
DN40 PN40
T
DN50 PN40
H
ANSI 1"/150
J
ANSI 1"/300
N
ANSI 1.5"/150
P
ANSI 1.5"/300
Flanges
Code Type
U
ANSI 2"/150
V
ANSI 2"/300
K
JIS 10K 25
R
JIS 10K 40
S
JIS 10K 40
X
JIS 10K 50
L
JIS 40K 25
Y
JIS 40K 50
Seals
0
1
2
3
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / FPM (std.)
PTFE 100% / FPM
PTFE +20C+5Gr / FFPM
PTFE 100% / FFPM
4
5
6
Material
AISI316L (std.)
Hastelloy® C276
AISI904L
Titanium
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
254 SMO®
Wetted parts
Code Material
2
AISI316L
3
Hastelloy® C276
4
AISI904L
6
Titanium
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
K
254 SMO®
Wetted parts
Code
Material
2
AISI 316L
3
Hastelloy® C276
4
AISI904L
6
Titanium
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
K
254 SMO®
Wetted parts
Code Material
2
AISI316L
3
Hastelloy® C276
4
AISI904L
6
Titanium
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
K
254 SMO®
PTFE + 20C + 5Gr / FPM+AISI316 / PTFE 50 % (Hard)
PTFE 100% / FPM+AISI316 / PTFE 50% (Hard)
PTFE 100% / FPM + PVDF 100% (Hard)
Sensor connection
A
PG13,5 / Ø12 / 120 mm
Pt100 temperature sensor
0
No sensor
X
With sensor (Measuring range -50 ... +200°C
Actuator
MD No actuator (manually operated
AD Double-action actuator
AS Spring-return actuator
AE1 Electric actuator 230 V 50 Hz
AE3 Electric actuator 115 V 60 Hz
A0 No actuator, fittings to the actuator
Solenoid for actuator (only for actuator types AD and AS)
0
No solenoid valve
2
24 V DC 2.5 W (also EEx dm)
1
230 V AC 50 Hz 2 W (as standard)
3
115 V AC 60 Hz 2 W
Solenoid explosion proof
0
No explosion proof
2
EEx ia IIC T6 (only 28V)
1
EEx m II T5
3
EEx dm IIC T5/T6 (only 24V)
Position switches
0
None
X
Equipped with position switches
E Position switch NAMUR, DIN 19234
Special options
Z1
For oxygen use
Z2
Process side flushing
Z3
Actuator (AS) reverse action
Documentation
Installation and operating instructions
IE English
IF Finnish
A
Z5
4
Position switch EEX ib IIC T5/T6
Diamond-coated ball
Material certificates
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Specification example: PASVE DUAL C 2 0 A X AD3 1 E Z5 IEMC1
28 V DC 0.4 W (EEx ia)
G365
01.07.2010
Index
94
Index
95
Index
96
Index
97
98
Index
PASVE SC/SF/SH/SP/ST
G347
Sampling Valve
01.07.2015
The PASVE® SC/SF/SH/SP/ST is a miniature ball valve which readily accepts
commercially available septum hygienic rubbers. The PASVE® SC/SF/SH/
SP/ST provides you with the opportunity of taking hygienic samples from
your process without interrupting the process.
The PASVE® SC/SF/SH/SP/ST can be used in any industrial process where
it is necessary obtain a sample from the process which is not influenced or
contaminated from any outside disturbances.
The PASVE® SC/SF/SH/SP/ST is a member of the Satron PASVE® Series,
which is commonly used with pH probes, oxygen sensors and Satron's high
precision patented pressure and level transmitters.
Technical Specifications
Material
Housing: AISI316L
Gasket: PTFE / Silicone rubber seal
Max. process pressure:
10 bar (150 psi)
(subject to type of rubber septum
selected)
Max. process temperature:
120 °C (250 °F) (subject to type of
rubber septum selected)
Operation
Position of taking a sample
Taking a sample
Changing the
rubber septum
PROCESS
PASVE is the registered trademark of
Satron Instruments Inc.
We reserve the right for technical
modifications without prior notice.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
99
Index
PASVE SC/SF/SH/SP/ST
G347
Sampling Valve
PASVE SC
01.07.2015
PASVE SC - 10
PASVE SP
PASVE SH
PASVE ST
PASVE SF
-
-
-
Flange SF D110
APV-FN1-50
-
Flange SF D110
Tri-Clamp, sizes
DN25/DN38 and
DN40/51
Tuchenhagen, sizes
DN25/DN32 and
DN40/DN50
Dimensions (in mm)
10
PASVE SF
Flange SF D110
Outer diameter of
flange is 110 mm
10
4 x 90° Ø11
2
PASVE SF
Flange SF D110
APV-FN1-50
Outer diameter of
flange is 110 mm
4,3
Ø90
Ø55,35
Ø64
Ø70,6
Ø90
4 x 90° Ø11
100
Index
PASVE SC/SF/SH/SP/ST
G347
Sampling Valve
01.07.2015
SC = 5,5
SC-10 = 10
57
Dimensions (in mm)
Ø40
DN25/38 = Ø50,5
DN40/50 = Ø64
85
PASVE SC
and SC - 10
PASVE SH (Tri-Clamp)
- Sizes DN25/38 and DN40 / 51
Ø50
Ø68
Ø53
Ø71
Ø66
Ø84
PASVE ST (Tuchenhagen)
- Size DN40 / 50
PASVE ST (Tuchenhagen)
- Size DN25 / 32
PASVE SP
Ø25
101
Index
PASVE SC/SF/SH/SP/ST
G347
Sampling Valve
01.07.2015
Upgrade kit
Part no.
Part name
Bearing
Special nut V
Valve ball V
Valve body LV
Gasket
O-ring Ø11,3 x 2,4 NBR
Rubber septum
Rubber seal
3
5
6
8
11
13
14
21
Upgrade kit, assembly
Order code
V10103004
T1010344
T1010342
T1010343
V10103012
80001101
V10103014
T1010331
M1010043
Protection kit
Part no.
1
2
3
4
Part name
Pull-out sleeve
Spring
Locking sleeve
Retaining screw M4x4 DIN916 A4
Protection kit 2, assembly
Order code
T1010338
T1010341
T1010339
53002440
M1010042
102
Index
G150
Mounting couplings for Satron VG transmitter
10.2.2015
Thread and clamp couplings
Standard coupling G1
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Duplex
- Hastelloy C276
- Titanium
M546197
M5461978
M5461973
M5461976
Standard coupling G1
with cleaning
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Duplex
- Hastelloy C276
- Titanium
M1050020
M10500208
M10500203
M10500206
Hygienic coupling G1
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Duplex
- Hastelloy C276
- Titanium
M548101
M5481018
M548102
M548103
Coupling G1 / G½A
Coupling G1 / ½ -NPT
Coupling G1 / G¾A
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
M546190
M551566
T1050218
Coupling G1 / G1A
Coupling G1 / G1¼A
Coupling G1 / G1½A
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Hastelloy C276
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050002
M10500023
M1050014
T1050214
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
103
Index
Mounting couplings for Satron VG transmitter
Coupling G1 / G2A
Coupling G1 / 2-NPT
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050036
M1050028
Coupling G1 / Hygienic
coupling ISO2852 standard:
Coupling G1 / Hygienic
coupling SMS standard:
Order codes (AISI316L):
- Tri-Clamp 25/38 M1050206
- Tri-Clamp 40/51 M1050222
- Tri-Clamp 63,5 M1050224
- Tri-Clamp 70
M1050225
- Tri-Clamp 76,1 M1050226
- Tri-Clamp 88,9 M1050227
- Tri-Clamp 101,6 M1050228
- Tri-Clamp 114,3 M1050229
- Tri-Clamp 139,7 M1050230
Order codes (AISI316L):
- SMS 38
M1050265
- SMS 51
M1050267
Coupling G1 / PMC 1,5"
Extended coupling G1
with cleaning
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Hastelloy C276
M1050010
M10500103
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050293
G150
10.2.2015
Coupling G1 / M44 x 1,25
(PMC)
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Hastelloy C276
M1050004
M10500043
Coupling G1 / Hygienic
coupling DIN11851/11887
standards:
Order codes (AISI316L):
- DN40
M1050312
- DN50
M1050313
- DN65
M1050314
Extended coupling G1
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Hastelloy C276
M1050292
M10502923
104
Index
Mounting couplings for Satron VG transmitter
Coupling G1 / G½A + drain
valve
Order code:
- AISI316L
M860280
Coupling G1 for pipes
DN15 - DN25 and clean
liquids
Order codes (AISI316L):
- DN15
M1050295
- DN20
M1050296
- DN25
M1050297
Coupling G1 / G½A (male)
with mounting bracket
Coupling G1 / G½ (female)
with mounting bracket
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
M546195
Coupling G1 / ½ - NPT
(male) with mounting bracket
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050017
M550393
Coupling G1 / ½ - NPT
(female) with mounting
bracket
Order code:
- AISI316L
M550393N
G150
10.2.2015
Coupling G1 for pipes
DN15 - DN40
Order codes (AISI316L):
- DN15
M105001615
- DN20
M105001620
- DN25
M105001625
- DN32
M105001632
- DN40
M105001640
Coupling G1 / Ø52,5 L=38
(SMS nut fixing, size 38,
thread 60 x 1/6)
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050575
105
Index
G150
10.2.2015
G1
Ø45
Mounting couplings for Satron VG transmitter
19,5
Coupling G1 / SMS-SI
- with extension
Coupling G1 / Sandvik-clamp
- Extension length 54,5 mm
Thread sleeve G1
(eg. for coupling M1050002)
Order codes (AISI316L):
- SMS-SI38
M1050012
- SMS-SI51
M1050126
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Duplex
- Hastelloy C276
Order codes:
- AISI316L
- Hastelloy C276
M1050037
M10500378
M10500373
M1050220
M10502203
COUPLING TYPE
Flange couplings
G1 std.
FLANGE TYPE
ORDER CODE
G1 std. HC
G1 hyg.
G1 hyg. HC
ORDER CODE
ORDER CODE
ORDER CODE
G1 Exi
ORDER CODE
G1 Exi HC
ORDER CODE
DN25 PN40
M548832
M5488323
M548833
M5488333
DN40 PN40
M551267
M5512673
M551268
M5512683
M548834
M552361
DN50 PN40
M860282
M8602823
M548830
M5488303
M548831
M5488313
DN80 PN40
M860281
M8602813
M548828
M5488283
M548829
M5488283
DN100 PN40
M552364
M5523643
M5523640
M55236403
M5523641
M55236413
ANSI1"150LBS
M552365
M5523653
M5523650
ANSI1"300LBS
M548861
M5488613
M548862
M55236503
M5488623
M5523651
M548863
M55236513
M5488633
ANSI2"150LBS
M552367
M5523673
M5523670
M55236703
M5523671
ANSI2"300LBS
M548864
M5488643
M548865
M5488653
M548866
M55236713
M5488663
ANSI3"150LBS
M551564
M5515643
M5515640
M55156403
M5515641
ANSI3"300LBS
M548867
M5488673
M548868
M5488683
M548869
ANSI4"150LBS
ANSI4"300LBS
M552371
M5523713
M5523710
M55237103
M5523711
M55237113
M552372
M5523723
M5523720
M55237203
M5523721
M55237213
FOR GASKET CHANNEL :
M5488343
M5523613
M55156413
M5488693
(DIN 2512N)
DN25 PN40
M548825
M5488253
M548826
M5488263
M548827
M5488273
DN50 PN40
M548822
M5488223
M548823
M5488233
M548824
M5488243
DN80 PN40
M548819
M5488193
M548820
M5488203
M548821
M5488213
G1 std. HC
G1 hyg.
ØD
Multidimensional flange
coupling
COUPLING TYPE
G1 std.
D
ORDER CODE
ORDER CODE
ORDER CODE
G1 hyg. HC
ORDER CODE
G1 Exi
G1 Exi HC
ORDER CODE
ORDER CODE
92
M1050030
M10500303
M1050031
M10500313
M1050032
M10500323
127
M1050033
M10500333
M1050034
M10500343
M1050035
M10500353
106
Index
G150
Mounting couplings for Satron VG transmitter
10.2.2015
Ødu
Ø20.5
Ø25
G1
+0.2
+0.1
ØD
Pipe
size
Dim.
Ødu
DN15
80
Dim.
A
80
Dim.
B
Dim.
ØD
Material
96
20
+0.5
+0.2
M1050303xx
Should be mentioned in
the order
+0.5
+0.2
M1050304xx
Should be mentioned in
the order
Order code
DN20
80
83
101
25
DN25
80
86
108
32
+0.5
+0.2
M1050305xx
Should be mentioned in
the order
+0.5
+0.2
M1050306xx
Should be mentioned in
the order
DN32
80
91
117
40
DN40
100
95
127
50
+0.5
+0.2
M1050307xx
Should be mentioned in
the order
63
+0.5
+0.2
M1050308xx
Should be mentioned in
the order
DN50
100
103
A
141
Plastic coupling G1 for plastic
pipes DN15 - DN50
B
Coupling G1 / Varivent TN
Hygienic Coupling G1 / Ø38
Seal plug assembly for
Satron coupling G1
Order code (AISI316L):
- DN25
M1050090
- DN50/40
M1050091
- DN80/65
M1050092
Order code:
- AISI316L
- Hastelloy C
By seal plug the coupling can be
closed tightly.
Welding assistant for Satron
coupling G1.
It is always recommendable to use
the welding assistant while welding
the coupling to prevent any
distortions due to heat.
Order code:
- Brass
M1050420
M1050577
M1050577HC
Order code:
- AISI316L
- EHEDG
Special adapter for Satron
couplings G1.
By using this adapter it is possible
to install the sensor head ca. 3mm
deep into the coupling.
Order code:
- EN 1.4462 (Duplex)
M1050294
M550405
M1050389
Seal for Satron couplings G1.
Enables to seal the leaking metal
to metal taper.
Order code:
- PTFE
T546022
107
Index
G160
Mounting couplings for Satron VT Transmitters
01.01.2015
d4
A
Du
Process couplings with DIN 3852-X thread
Order code: AISI316L
Order code Thread A Du - 00.5
M1050369
G½
Ø30
M1050390
G1
Ø45
M1050391
G1½
Ø60
M1050393
G1½
Ø60
M1050392
G2
Ø75
Length L
18,5
23.5
32.5
26.5
33
d4
Ø27
Ø40
Ø56
Ø56
Ø69
a1
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3.0
a1
L
Process couplings with NPT thread
Order code: AISI316L
½-14 NPT
Ø28
14
M1050500
M1050501
M1050502
M1050503
M1050504
¾-14 NPT
1 - 11½ NPT
1¼ - 11½ NPT
1½ - 11½ NPT
2 - 11½ NPT
Ø35
Ø44.5
Ø57.5
Ø63.5
Ø76
16
20.5
20.5
20.5
20.5
Ø20
G¼
G3/8
30
30
20
Length L
G½
A
L
Du
Ø28
M1050368
Ø28
Thread A
Du
Order code
Process coupling G½
Process coupling DIN 16288 - G½
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
Order code:
- AISI316L
2
M1050367
Ø33,5
M1050316
Ø26,5
Ø30
Ø18,3
M1050366
G½
Ø27
Process coupling DIN 16288 - G¼
23,5
25,5
Process coupling DIN 3852 - X G½, for transmitter with two o-ring
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050515
Process coupling PMC 1"
Order code:
- AISI316L
M1050300
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
108
Index
G160
Mounting couplings for Satron VT Transmitters
ØD out
+0.4
Ø27
01.01.2015
T-coupling DIN 3852-X-G½
2.5
G½
A
Order codes: AISI316L
Pipe
size
Dim.
øD out
Dim.
A
Dim.
B
Dim.
C
Dim.
Ød
DN15
40
27.5
43.5
36
22 0
C
Ød
B
DN20
40
DN25
30.5
50
49
33.5
55.5
42
48
27.5
34
Dim.
E
+0.3
0
+0.5
+0.2
Order code
29.5
M1050395
26
M1050396
29.5
M1050397
Other size, please contact Satron Instruments Inc.
E
Coupling flange DIN 3852-X-G½
- for the transmitter with two o-rings
Tilauskoodit: AISI316L
ORDER CODE
TYPE OF FLANGE
DN 25 PN 40
G½
M1050517-DN25
M1050517-DN40
DN 40 PN 40
M1050517-DN50
DN 50 PN 40
M1050517-DN80
DN 80
M1050517-DN100
DN 100
M1050517-1-150
ANSI 1" 150 LBS
M1050517-1-300
ANSI 1" 300 LBS
M1050517-2-150
ANSI 2" 150 LBS
M1050517-2-300
ANSI 2" 300 LBS
M1050517-3-150
ANSI 3" 150 LBS
M1050517-3-300
ANSI 3" 300 LBS
M1050517-4-150
ANSI 4" 150 LBS
M1050517-4-300
ANSI 4" 300 LBS
PN 40
PN 16
Special flanges, please contact Satron Instruments Inc.
A
L
Welding assistant: Order codes
Order code Thread A
A
L
Dim. L
Position, form and size
M1050516
M1050375
M1050371
M1050372
G½A
G¾A
G1A
25
15
20
6-k, AV22
6-k, AV27
6-k, AV36
G1 ¼A
35
4-k, AV22
M1050373
M1050374
G1 ½A
G2A
35
35
4-k, AV22
4-k, AV22
Index
109
Index
)
110
*
!+",
$
)
*
'" -","
&
**
*
&
)
**
&
5
!"
#"
$ %&'
&
%
!
.
(
! 5
*
1
&
&
"
&
&
&
&
4
&
'
.&
8
)
)
7:; 0 <3
&
&
0 ,3
2>
& @33
*
&
!"
9
=>
#
*
?3
*
$
&
%
&
'
9
A
&
**
)
'
9B:
&
&
'
%
*
&
&
*
(
1
:
*
&
9':
'
'
&
&
)
&
#
*
**
"
'
&
'
C
5
)
&
*
*
*
;
1
**
&
&
&
*
&
&
*
'
*
'
&
&
**
'
%
'
)
&
**
**
**
**
*)
&,- *
+,- *
**
*
*
&
*
'
&
&
.
'
/
D
0
*
&
*
/
D
1
&
23 #
4
5
&
%
*
6
!
*
*
*
&
1
0 ,3
*
2>
@33
%
0 E3% 0 <3
,/
&
**
&
**
'
)
/
'
'
=>
?3
7,3
=>
.
0 ,3
%
*
7
2>
*
&
0 E3% 0 <3
&
2,
2
*
%
&
**
)
*
&
'
!"
# $%$ "
&
!"
# $%$ "
'''
'
&
111
Index
!
"
,
!
$
!% &
'
"
'
#$
,
!
!
"# $
$
" %%
&
' (
"
)
!
!
$
$%
!
!%$
*
$!
" %%
&
*
$%
" %%
&
*
"
' (
"
+ $%
"
&& !
& '
' (
"
( "
$
%&
(
-
'
'
"* "
+ $% ,!! * "
$ $%
""
+
$ $
" & . & / !! + '
" +" ! & /
!
&$ /
& !'
"
'!+
( $ &$
& $
$ !" $ '
$/
" 0$
$
!! $
" 1 /
$ !"
' /!
" $
$/
&$
& $ ( !! $ '
&
+
"
!! $
) * %
'
$ +
$&
*
23
3 - . 4565
7 ) & (8
9
23
8 -$
' &
'
! #
112
Index
%&
#
$
'
$ $
&( & &
!
"#$ %
(
&
'
&
&
&
'
&
&
&
&
&
"#) * +
"#" ,
+
# #
(
+
(
-
*
&
(
-
-%
,
. # )##
& -'
. #"
. #2
/01)
/01)
3+
4
!"
4
&
+
(
,
'
+$
+
+ (
5 67
+)
+
+ (
5 67
+"
+
+ (
6 67
+2
&
113
Index
SATRON HPS
BP415
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
2012-08-15
The Hydraulic Pressure Seal SATRON HPS is
used in pressure measurement applications where
the process medium is aggressive and it is
necessary to protect the wetted parts of measuring
transmitters. Processes' hygienic requirements
may also necessitate the use of the pressure seal.
In addition, the pressure seal has to be used when
the process temperature exceeds the transmitter's
specifications.
Technical specifications
Process connections
• DN25,DN50, DN80, DN100
(EN 1092-1,flange type 05, facing
type B), (DIN 2501, form D)
• ANSI2" and 3" (ANSI B16-5)
• JIS 50, 80, 100 (JIS B 2220)
• Sandvik Clamp connector DN65
• TRI-Clamp 1½", 2" and 2,5" (38/51/
63,5 mm, ISO2852)
• SMS38 and SMS51
• DIN11851 DN25 ... DN50
Other options available on separate
order.
Process pressures
• PN10/16, PN40, PN64 and PN100
• 150 and 300 lbs
• 10K and 50K
• Sandvik Clamp: PN64
• TRI-Clamp: PN40
• SMS and DIN11851 PN25 PN40
Fill fluids
Silicone oil DC200
• for process and food industry
applications
Neobee M20
• for food industry applications
Inert oil (e.g. Fomblin Y04 or
Halocarbon)
• for oxygen and chlorine applications
Silicone oil DC705
• for high-temperature and vacuum
measurement applications
Gaskets (Sanitary Seal)
• EPDM, FPM (Viton®) and PTFE
Fill fluid properties
Fill fluid
Temperature Density Thermal expansion Viscosity (25°C)
range/°C
cSt(mm2/s)
g/cm3
coefficient/ 1/°C
DC200
Silicone oil
-40...200
0.934
0.00108
9.5
Measurement ranges
Above 25 mbar span, depending on the
measuring diaphragm's size and the
process pressure.
DC705
Silicone oil
20...380
1.090
0.00080
175
Inert oil
-45...175
1.850
0.000864
6.5
Materials
HPS body: EN 1.4401 (AISI 316)
Process coupling: EN 1.4404 (AISI
316L)
Neobee M20
-17...200
0.917
0.001008
9.8
200
150
100
DC200/10
50
Halogarbon
Neobee M20
65
0
75
0
85
0
95
0
16
0
17
0
18
0
19
0
20
0
21
0
22
0
23
0
24
0
25
0
35
0
45
0
55
0
90
10
0
11
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
80
70
60
50
30
40
20
0
0
10
Diaphragm materials
EN 1.4435 (AISI 316L), CoNi-alloy,
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hastelloy C22
(EN 2.4602) / C-276 (EN 2.4819),
Inconel 600 (EN 2.4816), Monel 400
(EN 2.4360), Nickel (EN 2.4066),
Tantalum, Titan Ti-II (3.7035) and
Zirkonium
250
Temperature/°C
Capillary tube
• Capillary: EN 1.4401 (AISI 316)
• Casing: EN 1.4401 (AISI 316)
Length selectable between 2 and 20 m.
Recommendation: As short as possible.
The capillary's minimum permissible
bending radius is 50 mm.
We recommend capillaries of equal
length for differential pressure
measurements in varying temperature
conditions.
Fill fluid steam pressure curves (specified by manufacturers)
Pressure/mbar abs.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
114
Index
SATRON HPS
BP415
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
2012-08-15
HPS types: construction
SATRON HPS D
- Mounted between
two flanges
SATRON HPS TRI-C
- Mounted on Tri-Clamp
(ISO2852)
- Sanitary seals
SATRON HPS F
- Flange-mounted
pressure seal
SATRON HPS SMS
- Sanitary seals
- Female Rd-thread
SATRON HPS DIN11851
- Sanitary seals
- Female Rd-thread
SATRON HPS E
- Flange-mounted
with extension
SATRON HPS SMS-SI
- Sanitary seals
- Female Rd-thread
SATRON HPS S
- Mounted on
Sandvik Clamp
- Sanitary seals
2
115
Index
SATRON HPS
BP415
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
2012-08-15
d2
ød
ød 4
Mounting dimensions
b
E
Type F
k
D
b
Type E
120
22
Ød1
Type D
FLANGE
SIZE
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
DN25 PN10/16
DN25 PN40
DN25 PN64
DN25 PN100
DN50 PN10/16
DN50 PN40
DN50 PN64
DN50 PN100
DN80 PN10/16
DN80 PN40
DN80 PN64
DN80 PN100
DN100 PN10/16
ISO DN100 PN40
ANSI 2" 150 lbs
ANSI 2" 300 lbs
ANSI 3" 150 lbs
ANSI 3" 300 lbs
ANSI 4" 150 lbs
ANSI 4" 300 lbs
JIS 10K-50
JIS 40K-50
JIS 10K-80
JIS 40K-80
JIS 10K-100
JIS 40K-100
FLANGE FLANGE DIMENSIONS
CODE
D1A
D1B
D1C
D1D
D2A
D2B
D2C
D2D
D3A
D3B
D3C
D3D
D4A
D4B
A2A
A2B
A3A
A3B
A4A
A4B
J2A
J2B
J3A
J3B
J4A
J4B
b
16
18
24
24
18
20
26
28
20
24
28
32
20
24
23
25
26
31
26
34
16
26
18
32
18
36
D
115
115
140
140
165
165
180
195
200
200
215
230
220
235
152
165
191
210
229
254
155
165
185
210
210
250
Ød4
68
68
68
68
102
102
102
102
138
138
138
138
158
162
92
92
127
127
157
157
96
105
126
140
151
165
Ød1
70
70
70
70
105
105
105
105
140
140
140
140
166
166
99
105
130
143
168
175
96
105
126
140
151
165
3
HOLES
Kpl d2
4
14
4
14
4
18
4
18
4
18
4
18
4
22
4
26
8
18
8
18
8
22
8
26
8
18
8
22
4
20
8
20
4
20
8
23
8
20
8
23
4
19
8
19
8
19
8
23
8
19
8
25
EXTENS.
k
85
85
100
100
125
125
135
145
160
160
170
180
180
190
120.6
127
152.4
168.3
190.5
200
120
130
150
170
175
205
Ød -0.2
51
51
51
51
73
73
73
73
73
73
51
51
73
73
73
73
51
51
73
73
73
73
+0.4
CODE
2
4
6
E - 0.4
51
102
152
116
Index
SATRON HPS
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
BP415
2012-08-15
Selection table : Flanged Seal
HPS
Process connection type
D
Pancake
F
Flanged
E
Flanged with extension
Process connection standad
D
DIN (Deutsches Institut für Normung)
A
ANSI/ASME B16.5 (American National Standards Institute
J
JIS (Japanese Industrial Standards)
Process connection size
DIN
1
25
2
50
3
80
4
100
ANSI
2"
3"
4"
JIS
50
80
100
Pressure class of process connection (maximum working pressure)
DIN
ANSI
JIS
A
PN10/16
150lbs
10K
B
PN40
300lbs
40K
C
PN64
D
PN100
Extension length
0
No extension
2
Extension 51 mm
4
Extension 102 mm
6
Extension 152 mm
(only codes D and F)
(only code E)
(only code E)
(only code E)
Flange material / in type E also extension material
2
EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
3
Hastelloy C-276 (EN 2.4819)
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Diaphragm material
1
Nickel (EN 2.4066) (***)
7
2
EN 1.4435 (AISI316L)
8
3
Hastelloy C-276 (EN 2.4819)
H
4
Inconel 600 (EN 2.4816)
M
5
Tantalum
Z
6
Titan TI-II (EN 3.7035) (***)
Diaphragm thickness
E
0.05 mm (*)
F
0.10 mm (**)
Diaphragm coating
0
No coating
9
Gold / Rhodium
Y
Diamond
P
CoNi-alloy
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Hastelloy C22 (EN 2.4602)
Monel 400 (EN 2.4360)
Zirkonium (***)
PTFE sintered
Fill fluid
S
Silicone oil DC200
A
Neobee M20, oil for food industry
G
Inert oil
D
Silicone oli DC705
(*) = Not Inconel, Monel, Nickel or Zirkonium
(**) = Not Tantalum
(***) = Not connection type E (with extension)
4
Index
117
118
Index
SATRON HPS
BP415
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
Mounting dimensions type SMS
2012-08-15
Mounting dimensions type DIN11851
A
A
38
51
Dimensions
ØD
A
54
21
64
23
Size
Thread
DN25 PN25
DN32 PN25
DN40 PN25
DN50 PN25
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
Mounting dimensions type SMS-SI
L2
Ød
for pipe
Size
SI38
SI51
Rd 52 x 1/6
Rd 58 x 1/6
Rd 65 x 1/6
Rd 78 x 1/6
L1
E
Dimensions
ØD A
E
54
21
24
64
23
27
Thread
SMS-SI couplings :
ØD
A
Dimensions
Ød6
g
A
44
10
49
50
10
49
10
56
49
68,5 11
50
Thread
Size
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
38
51
6
ØD
Size
Ød6
ØD
g
for vessel
L1
27
30
Dimensions
Ød
L2
38,5
24
51
25
ØD
60
70
Thread
Rd 60 x 1/6
Rd 70 x 1/6
119
Index
SATRON HPS
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
BP415
2012-08-15
Hydraulic Pressure Seal Connections
Capillary connection
120
120
Seal on Low or High pressure side of
Differential PressureTransmitter, code H or K
Same seal on both High and Low pressure sides
of Differential Pressure Transmitter, code L
Selection table
Capillary connection type
H Seal on High pressure
side of Differential Transmitter
K Seal on Low pressure
side of Differential Transmitter
L Same seal on both High and
Low pressure side of
Differential Transmitter
M Seal on High pressure
side of Pressure Transmitter,
process connection G½A
120
Capillary length (m)
2...20
Mounting bracket for transmitter
0 No mounting bracket
1 Angle mounting bracket
2 Mounting plate
Documentation
IE English
IF Finnish
Material certificate
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Seal on High pressure side of pressure
transmitter, process connection G½A, code M
7
120
Index
SATRON HPS
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
BP415
2012-08-15
Hydraulic Pressure Seal Connections
Direct mounted connection
Seal on High pressure side of
Differential Pressure Transmitter,
angle model, code P
Seal on High pressure side of
Differential Pressure Transmitter,
straight model, code R
Selection table
Direct mounted connection type
P Seal on High pressure side of
Differential Transmitter, angle model
R Seal on High pressure side of
Differential Transmitter, straight model
S Seal on High pressure side of
Pressure Transmitter, process
connection G½A, straight model
Documentation
IE English
IF Finnish
Material certificate
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Seal on High pressure side of
Pressure Transmitter, process
connection G½A, straight model, code S
8
Index
121
122
Index
SATRON HPS
BP415
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
Type SMS-SI
O-ring
2012-08-15
Type DIN11851
Pressure seal
Gasket
Pressure seal
Coupling
Tyyppi SMS
Coupling Gasket
Coupling
Pressure seal
Specification example: SATRON HPS KA23E0S10-M52IE0
- Process connection type, sanitary DN25 DIN11851
- Material of body: EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
- Diaphragm material: Hastelloy C-276 (EN 2.4819)
- Diaphragm thickness: 0.05mm
- No diaphragm coating
- Fill fluid: silicone oil
- Material of process gasket: EPDM
- No mounting parts
- Capillary type connection:
- Seal on high pressure side of Pressure Transmitter
- Capillary length 5m
- Mounting bracket for transmitter, type mounting plate
- Documentation: English
- No material certification
Recommended minimum process pressure
for vacuum applications
Minimum pressure for
different fill fluids (kPa, abs.)
Tproc.
°C
DC200
100 cSt
Inert oil
20
40
80
120
160
200
5
8
10
15
25
40
8
10
28
53
90
-
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers.
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
10
123
Index
SATRON HPS BA / BB
115061002-EN
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
30.06.2012
The Hydraulic Pressure Seal SATRON
HPS is used in pressure measurement applications where the process
medium is aggressive and it is necessary to protect the wetted parts of
measuring transmitters. Processes'
hygienic requirements may also necessitate the use of the pressure seal.
In addition, the pressure seal has
to be used when the process temperature exceeds the transmitter's
specifications.
Technical specifications
Process connections
• Thread M45 x 2
Process pressures
• PN200
Measurement ranges
Above 25 mbar span, depending on the
measuring diaphragm's size and the
process pressure.
Materials
HPS body: EN 1.4404 (AISI 316L), EN
1.4462 (Duplex)
Capillary tube
• Capillary: AISI 316
• Casing: AISI 316
Length selectable between 2 and 20 m.
Recommendation: As short as possible.
The capillary's minimum permissible
bending radius is 50 mm.
We recommend capillaries of equal length
for differential pressure measurements in
varying temperature conditions.
Diaphragm materials
AISI 316L (EN 1.4435), CoNi-alloy, Duplex
(EN 1.4462), Hastelloy® C22 / C-276 (EN
2.4819), Inconel 600 (EN 2.4816), Tantalum
Fill fluids
Silicone oil DC200
• for process and food industry applications
Neobee M20
• for food industry applications
Inert oil (e.g. Fomblin Y04 or Halocarbon)
• for oxygen and chlorine applications
Silicone oil DC705
• for high-temperature and vacuum measurement applications
Gaskets
• FPM (Viton®)
Fill fluid properties
Fill fluid
Temperature Density Thermal expansion Viscosity (25°C)
range/°C
cSt(mm2/s)
g/cm3
coefficient/ 1/°C
DC200
Silicone oil
-40...200
0.934
0.00108
9.5
DC705
Silicone oil
20...380
1.090
0.00080
175
Inert oil
-45...175
1.850
0.000864
6.5
Neobee M20
-17...200
0.917
0.001008
9.8
Recommended minimum process pressure
for vacuum applications
Minimum pressure for
different fill fluids (kPa, abs.)
Tproc.
°C
DC200
100 cSt
Inert oil
20
40
80
120
160
200
5
8
10
15
25
40
8
10
28
53
90
-
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
124
Index
SATRON HPS BA / BB
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
Selection table: M45 x 2 Seal
HPS
Process connection type
BA
M45 x 2 with o-ring
BB
M45 x 2 with o-ring + metal/metal taper
Body material, wetted parts
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
3
Hastelloy C-276 (EN 2.4819)
8
Diaphragm material
2
AISI316L (EN 1.4435)
4
Inconel 600 (EN 2.4816)
8
Duplex (EN 1.4462)
3
5
Diaphragm thickness
E
0.05 mm
Diaphragm coating
0
No coating
9
Gold / Rhodium
F
Duplex (EN 1.4462), std.
Hastelloy C276 (EN 2.4819)
Tantaali
0.10 mm
P
Y
Fill fluid
S
Silicone oil DC200
A
Neobee M20, oil for food industry
PTFE sintered
Diamond
G
D
Inert oil
Silicone oil DC705
Mounting parts
0
No mounting parts
1
Coupling
2
Pasve BA mounting valve, specify separately in the order
2
115061002-EN
30.06.2012
125
Index
SATRON HPS BA / BB
115061002-EN
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
Mounting dimensions, type BA
Mounting dimensions, type BB
3
30.06.2012
126
Index
SATRON HPS BA / BB
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
115061002-EN
30.06.2012
Hydraulic Pressure Seal Connections
Capillary connection
Seal on Low or High pressure side of Differential PressureTransmitter, code H or K
Same seal on both High and Low pressure sides
of Differential Pressure Transmitter, code L
Selection table
Capillary connection type
H Seal on High pressure
side of Differential Transmitter
K Seal on Low pressure
side of Differential Transmitter
L Same seal on both High and
Low pressure side of
Differential Transmitter
M Seal on High pressure
side of Pressure Transmitter,
process connection G½A
Capillary length (m)
2...20
Mounting bracket for transmitter
0 No mounting bracket
1 Angle mounting bracket
2 Mounting plate
Documentation
IE English
IF Finnish
Material certificate
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Seal on High pressure side of pressure transmitter, process connection G½A, code M
4
127
Index
SATRON HPS BA / BB
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
115061002-EN
30.06.2012
Hydraulic Pressure Seal Connections
Direct mounted connection
Seal on High pressure side of Differential Pressure Transmitter, angle
model, code P
Seal on High pressure side of Differential Pressure Transmitter, straight
model, code R
Selection table
Direct mounted connection type
P Seal on High pressure side of
Differential Transmitter, angle model
R Seal on High pressure side of
Differential Transmitter, straight model
S Seal on High pressure side of
Pressure Transmitter, process
connection G½A, straight model
Documentation
IE English
IF Finnish
Material certificate
0
No material certificate
MC1 SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN50049-2.1)
MC2 SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN50049-2.2)
MC3 SFS-EN 10204-3.1B (DIN50049-3.1B)
Seal on High pressure side of
Pressure Transmitter, process
connection G½A, straight model, code S
5
128
Index
SATRON HPS BA / BB
115061002-EN
Hydraulic Pressure Seal
30.06.2012
Specification example: SATRON HPS BB88E0S0-M52IE0
- Process connection type: Thread M45 x 2 with o-ring + metal/metal taper
- Body material: EN 1.4462, Duplex
- Diaphragm material: EN 1.4462, Duplex
- Diaphragm thickness: 0.05mm
- No diaphragm coating
- Fill fluid: silicone oil
- No mounting parts
- Hydraulic Pressure Seal Connections: Capillary type connection
- Seal on High pressure side of pressure transmitter, process connection G½A,
- Capillary length 5m
- Mounting bracket for transmitter, type mounting plate
- Documentation: English
- No material certification
Welding the coupling
Welding plug, brass
M1050473
Ø60
52,5
Welding sequence
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Teflon is the registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers.
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
Index
129
Index
130
Actua
tor
s and accessories
Actuator
tors
ACTUATORS
- PISTOR 75 pneumatic power
cylinder ................................................................................
Spec. EZ510
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
5/04
April 30, 2010
131
Index
PISTOR 75
EZ510
pneumatic power cylinder
Febr. 15, 1989
The pneumatic PISTOR power cylinder
can be used as an actuator in manual
and automatic control of control valves
and louvers.
Technical specification
Type
Piston diameter:
Stroke S:
Effective cross-sectional
area of piston:
Output force
- for 3 bar supply pressure:
- for 6 bar supply pressure:
Output work (moment of force)
- for 3 bar supply pressure:
- for 6 bar supply pressure:
Typical time for full stroke:
Weight:
PISTOR 75/150
PISTOR 75/300
75 mm
150 mm
75 mm
300 mm
41 cm2
41 cm2
1200 N
2400 N
180 Nm
360 Nm
12 s
2.8 kg
1200 N
2400 N
360 Nm
720 Nm
20 s
3.4 kg
Supply pressure: 3 to 6 bar.
Sensitivity: 0.3 %.
Control pressure range
- with standard adjustment:
0.2 to 1.0 bar
- on separate order:
0.4 to 0.9 bar spans.
Load effect
- for a load change from 0 to 80 % of
the max. force obtainable for the
supply pressure in use, the effect is
4 % of max.stroke per 1000 N.
Operating temperature:
-10 to +80 °C
Materials
- body: light alloy with epoxy powder
paint, bearing bush of bronze
- piston rod: ground and polished
AISI 316 acid-resistant steel
- piston and 0-rings: silicone rubber
(max. 80°C).
Air consumption
- for 3 bar supply pressure:
15 litres/min (at STP)
- for 6 bar supply pressure:
25 litres/min (at STP)
Max. error of adjustment: ± 2 %.
Connections
- 1/4-18NPSF female threads.
We reserve the right to make technical
changes without prior notice.
Performance is indicated in accordance with
IEC546 and IEC770 recommendations.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FIN-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
132
Index
!"#$%
&
"
#
"
#
"
#
&
'
"
#
&
(
)
*+,
&
-"./ 0
./ 1
0 2
1
! "#
$ %&% #
'
! "#
$ %&% #
(((
133
Index
SATRON VO
BA200
rev. 9.6
Turbidity and solids content sensor
8.6.2016
SATRON VO turbidity and solids content analyzer is
suitable for the measurement of different liquids. Savings can be obtained by using SATRON VO analyzer
in process industries, e.g. the use of clean water can be
minimized, the time used for the cleaning (CIP) will be
shortened, the use of the end product (in dairy applications: milk) and the use of cleaning materials needed in
the process can be optimized. The transmitter communicates digitally using the HART® protocol.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Repeatability
- 0.1% from maximum span.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: 0 to +100 °C / +140 °C (VOF)
-5 to +100 °C / +140 °C (VOM & VOD)
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output 3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Supply voltage
Nominal 24 VDC, (21,6 - 27,6V)
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L, Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast. C276/C22, or
Titanium Gr2.
Surface quality: Polished Ra <0,8µm
Lens: quartz glass, Safir glass or
PC plastic
Coupling 1): AISI316L, Duplex (EN
1.4462), Hast.C276 or Titanium Gr2
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, SIS 2343.
Pressure class:
- PN40
- Test pressure -1 to 30 bar
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Housing with PLUG DIN 43650 connector, code H0S:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Viton®
and NBR.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316
retaining screw.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
- Tri-Clamp 25/38 and 40/51
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with PLUG DIN43650
connector (H0T ):0.9 kg
Housing with M12
connector (H0S ):0.9 kg
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):1.3 kg
Remote Housing (L): 2.5 kg
Remote sensor (R): 2.5 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Min. load using HART®communication 250 R
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
134
Index
BA200
rev. 9.6
SATRON VO Turbidity and solids content sensor
8.6.2016
Dimensions and Housing types VOM
48
25
G1A
200
H0T-Housing
25
G1A
49.5
240
N0S-Housing
PG9
90
6.2
159
110
95
L-Housing
Standard = PVC 10 meter
PG9 std.
G1A
25
200
48
120
135
Index
BA200
rev. 9.6
SATRON VO Turbidity and solids content sensor
8.6.2016
Tri-Clamp 25/38 ja 40/51
VOM with Tri-Clamp process connections, codes TA and TB
190
64
60
NR Housing
Standard = 10meter PVC
VOM with remote sensor, housing type code R
G1A
25
132
136
Index
BA200
rev. 9.6
SATRON VO Turbidity and solids content analyzer
8.6.2016
Dimensions and housing type VOF
H / B1-housing
L / B1-Housing
Standard = 15 meter
VOF with valve
Dimensions and housing type VOD
For easy installation the VOD is standard equipped with Tuchenhagen Type N but is is available
with many different process connections. The process pipe is NOT included.
Contact Satron for other possibilities, the picture above is a VOD equipped with G1" process connection, and a pipe with 51 Tri-clamp.
Index
137
BA200
rev. 9.6
SATRON VO Turbidity and solids content analyzer
Instructions and spare parts that are according and within the 3-A appliance
46 - 03
Welding the coupling
These instructions apply to hygienic welded couplings; welding the G1
standard coupling is described here as an example.
• Place the coupling in the mounting hole as shown in Fig. 1‑4. Make
sure the leakage detection port is down. Then weld with several runs so
to prevent the coupling’s oval distortion and tightness problems.
The inside welding must be cleaned, and polished with an end result of
Ra <0,8
• The analyzer must be out of the coupling while the coupling is
welded.You can use the shut‑off plug shown in Fig. 1‑5 to shut the
coupling. The plug protects the coupling’s sealing face and permits the
starting of the process without the transmitter.
• It is always recommendable to use the welding assistant (M1050450)
while welding the coupling to prevent any distortions due to heat.
• Do not make weld grounding via any analyzer's body!
Mounting the analyzer on the coupling
Welding Sequence
8.6.2016
Polished Ra <0,8
Welding assistant M1050420
Procedure
• Make sure that the coupling’s sealing face is clean.
• Remove the orange protective plug from the analyzer head.
• Insert the analyzer in a straight line into the coupling, so that the guide groove on the transmitter aligns with the stop pin
on the coupling. The analyzer settles into position when the groove and pin are aligned, and will be prevented from rotating in
the coupling.
When inserting the analyzer, be careful not to damage the edge of the lens on the edges of the coupling or on the
end of the stop pin!
• Lock the transmitter in position by screwing the hex nut fully home. Finger tightness is sufficient to tighten the sealing faces.
However, we recommend final tightening with a tool to eliminate the effect of vibration and other such factors. Apply 60±20
Nm torque.
Do not use sealing tape etc. on threaded connection!
Spare parts
No. Part name
Order code
1
O-ring EPDM
80031720
1
O-ring FPM (Viton®)
80011720
1
O-ring FFPM(Kalrez®)
80041717
2
Sticker T1325215
3
Plug cover DIN43650
T1325003
4
Plug cover M12
T1325005
5
38/G1" Welding adapter
M1050577A
5
45/G1" Welding adapter M548101A
6
Tuchenhagen / Varivent DN25
M1050090A
6
Tuchenhagen / Varivent DN50
M1050091A
6
Tuchenhagen / Varivent DN65,5 M1050092A
7
Tri-clover 25/38 ISO2852 M1050206A
7
Tri-clover 40/51 ISO2852
M1050222A
7
Tri-clover 63.5 ISO2852 M1050224A
Note
3A 18-03 Class II 3A 18-03 Class I
3A 18-03 Class I
(Do not exceed above 8% fat content).
138
Index
SATRON VO
Turbidity and solids content analyzer
BA200
rev. 9.6
8.6.2016
Housing with display, code N
Keyboard :
Esc
=
=
= Enter
= Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept a command or parameter value
Wiring
Housing with PLUG DIN43650-connector, code HS
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Housing with PLUG DIN43650- and M12-connector, test
connector box, code HT & HS
Index
139
SATRON VO Turbidity and solids content analyzer
Wiring
Housing with display and PLUG DIN43650-connector,
code NS
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
Wiring
BA200
rev. 9.6
8.6.2016
Housing with display and M12-connector, code NT
140
Index
BA200
rev. 9.6
SATRON VO Turbidity and solids content analyzer
8.6.2016
Selection Chart
Adjustability Span, min Span, max
VOM
1000 FTU
5000 FTU
VOF(*) 50 FTU 1500 FTU
VOD
50 FTU
1500 FTU
Process temperature limits
N
Normal version -5...+100 °C (VOM & VOD), 0...+100 °C (VOF)
H(**) High temperature -5...+140 °C (VOM & VOD), 0...+140°C (VOF)
Output S
J
Material of
wetted parts
4-20mA DC/HART® for use with 230VAC 50Hz
4-20mA DC/HART® for use with 110VAC 60Hz
Body
2 AISI316L
3 Hast. C 276
6Titanium Gr2
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
9 Peek
Lens
Seal 3A 18-03
2 Sapphire glass 1(***) EPDM Class II
2FPM (Viton®)Class I
4 Spinel
3FFPM (Kalrez®)Class I
Housing type
N
Housing with display and pushbuttons
H Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
L Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe (not available with L housing), IP68
Connection type S
DIN43650 with PG9, IP66
T
M12, IP67
V PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
Cable Material 0
1
2(*)
3
4
Cable length No VOD, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0 No VOD or L, R option selected
1 5 M.
3 15 M. (PUR std.)
2 10 M. (PVC std.) 4 20 M.
Light source 2 365nm
3 460nm
4 540nm
5 580nm
5 25 M.
...
6 640nm 8 950nm
7 880nm
Process connections
G1
Standard G1A thread + Oring
TA Tri-Clamp 25/38 (ISO 2852)
TB Tri-Clamp 40/51 (ISO 2852)
TN
Tuchenhagen "N" type DN50
HX(*) Fixed mounting tube, (specify length)
B1(*) G1A ball valve insertion. Extension 19cm diameter ø 24mm
BX(*) G1A ball valve insertion. Extension by request diameter ø 24mm
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE
English
Installation and operating instructions IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
* Not EHEDG certified & Not within the 3A approval
** Only in combination with Quartz, Sapphire lens and Kalrez Seals. And only 880nm
*** Do not exceed above 8% fat content.
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
46 - 03
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Pasve is the registered trademark of Satron Instruments Inc.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
3-A is a registered mark owned and administered by 3-A SSI.
141
Index
SATRON VOA
BA210
rev. 1.0
Turbidity and solids content sensor
2.9.2016
SATRON VOA turbidity and solids content analyzer
Is suitable for the measurement of different liquids. Savings
can be obtained by using SATRON VOA analyzer in process
industries, e.g. the use of clean water can be minimized, the
time used for the cleaning (CIP) will be shortened, the use
of the end product (in dairy applications: milk) and the use of
cleaning materials needed in the process can be optimized.
The transmitter communicates digitally using the HART®
protocol.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Repeatability
- 0.1% from maximum span.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: -5 to +100 °C / +140 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output 3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Supply voltage
Nominal 24 VDC, (21,6 - 27,6V)
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L, Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast. C276/C22, or
Titanium Gr2.
Surface quality: Polished Ra <0,8µm
Lens: quartz glass, Safir glass or
PC plastic
Coupling 1): AISI316L, Duplex (EN
1.4462), Hast.C276 or Titanium Gr2
Other sensing element materials:
AISI316, SIS 2343.
Pressure class:
- PN40
- Test pressure -1 to 30 bar
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Housing with PLUG DIN 43650 connector, code H0S:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Viton®
and NBR.
PLUG connector: PA6-GF30 jacket,
Silicone rubber seal, AISI316
retaining screw.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
- Tri-Clamp 25/38 and 40/51
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with PLUG DIN43650
connector (H0T ):0.9 kg
Housing with M12
connector (H0S ):0.9 kg
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):1.3 kg
Remote Housing (L): 2.5 kg
Remote sensor (R): 2.5 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Min. load using HART®communication 250 R
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
142
Index
BA210
rev. 1.0
SATRON VOA
Turbidity and solids content sensor
Dimensions and Housing types VOA
2.9.2016
48
25
G1A
200
H0T-Housing
25
G1A
49.5
240
N0S-Housing
PG9
90
6.2
159
110
95
L-Housing
Standard = PVC 10 meter
PG9 std.
G1A
25
200
48
120
143
Index
SATRON VOA
BA210
rev. 1.0
Turbidity and solids content sensor
2.9.2016
Tri-Clamp 25/38 ja 40/51
VOA with Tri-Clamp process connections, codes TA and TB
190
64
60
NR Housing
Standard = 10meter PVC
VOA with remote sensor, housing type code R
G1 A
25
132
Index
144
SATRON VOA
Turbidity and solids content sensor
Instructions and spare parts that are according and within the 3-A appliance
46 - 03
Welding the coupling
These instructions apply to hygienic welded couplings; welding the G1
standard coupling is described here as an example.
• Place the coupling in the mounting hole as shown in Fig. 1‑4. Make
sure the leakage detection port is down. Then weld with several runs so
to prevent the coupling’s oval distortion and tightness problems.
The inside welding must be cleaned, and polished with an end result of
Ra <0,8
• The analyzer must be out of the coupling while the coupling is
welded.You can use the shut‑off plug shown in Fig. 1‑5 to shut the
coupling. The plug protects the coupling’s sealing face and permits the
starting of the process without the transmitter.
• It is always recommendable to use the welding assistant (M1050450)
while welding the coupling to prevent any distortions due to heat.
• Do not make weld grounding via any analyzer's body!
Mounting the analyzer on the coupling
Welding Sequence
BA210
rev. 1.0
2.9.2016
Polished Ra <0,8
Welding assistant M1050420
Procedure
• Make sure that the coupling’s sealing face is clean.
• Remove the orange protective plug from the analyzer head.
• Insert the analyzer in a straight line into the coupling, so that the guide groove on the transmitter aligns with the stop pin
on the coupling. The analyzer settles into position when the groove and pin are aligned, and will be prevented from rotating in
the coupling.
When inserting the analyzer, be careful not to damage the edge of the lens on the edges of the coupling or on the
end of the stop pin!
• Lock the transmitter in position by screwing the hex nut fully home. Finger tightness is sufficient to tighten the sealing faces.
However, we recommend final tightening with a tool to eliminate the effect of vibration and other such factors. Apply 60±20
Nm torque.
Do not use sealing tape etc. on threaded connection!
Spare parts
No. Part name
Order code
1
O-ring EPDM
80031720
1
O-ring FPM (Viton®)
80011720
1
O-ring FFPM(Kalrez®)
80041717
2
Sticker T1325215
3
Plug cover DIN43650
T1325003
4
Plug cover M12
T1325005
5
38/G1" Welding adapter
M1050577A
5
45/G1" Welding adapter M548101A
6
Tuchenhagen / Varivent DN25
M1050090A
6
Tuchenhagen / Varivent DN50
M1050091A
6
Tuchenhagen / Varivent DN65,5 M1050092A
7
Tri-clover 25/38 ISO2852 M1050206A
7
Tri-clover 40/51 ISO2852
M1050222A
7
Tri-clover 63.5 ISO2852 M1050224A
Note
3A 18-03 Class II 3A 18-03 Class I
3A 18-03 Class I
(Do not exceed above 8% fat content).
145
Index
SATRON VOA
Turbidity and solids content sensor
BA210
rev. 1.0
2.9.2016
Housing with display, code N
Keyboard :
Esc
=
=
= Enter
= Press Esc move back towards the top of the main menu.
Use the UP arrow key to move up on the current menu level or to increase the selected parameter value.
Use the DOWN arrow key to move down on the current menu level or to decrease the selected parameter value.
Press ENTER to move to a lower level in a menu or to accept a command or parameter value
Wiring
Housing with PLUG DIN43650-connector, code HS
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Housing with PLUG DIN43650- and M12-connector, test
connector box, code HT & HS
146
Index
SATRON VOA
Turbidity and solids content sensor
Wiring
Housing with display and PLUG DIN43650-connector,
code NS
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
Wiring
BA210
rev. 1.0
2.9.2016
Housing with display and M12-connector, code NT
147
Index
SATRON VOA
Selection Chart
Adjustability VOA
Turbidity and solids content sensor
2.9.2016
Span, min Span, max
500 FTU
25 000 FTU Depending on process media
Process temperature limits
N
H(**)
Output S
J
Material of
wetted parts
BA210
rev. 1.0
Normal version -5...+100 °C
High temperature -5...+140 °C -30...+200 °C
4-20mA DC/HART® for use with 230VAC 50Hz
4-20mA DC/HART® for use with 110VAC 60Hz
Body
2 AISI316L
3 Hast. C 276
6Titanium Gr2
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
9 Peek
Lens
Seal 3A 18-03
2 Sapphire glass 1(***) EPDM Class II
2FPM (Viton®)Class I
4 Spinel
3FFPM (Kalrez®)Class I
Housing type
N
Housing with display and pushbuttons
H Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
L Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe (not available with L housing), IP68
Connection type S
DIN43650 with PG9, IP66
T
M12, IP67
V PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
Cable Material 0
1
2(*)
3
4
Cable length No L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0 No L, R option selected
1 5 M.
3 15 M. (PUR std.)
2 10 M. (PVC std.) 4 20 M.
5 25 M.
...
Light source 3 RED, INFRA RED & BLUE
4 RED, INFRA RED & GREEN
Process connections
G1
Standard G1A thread + Oring
TA Tri-Clamp 25/38 (ISO 2852)
TB Tri-Clamp 40/51 (ISO 2852)
TN
Tuchenhagen "N" type DN50
HX(*) Fixed mounting tube, (specify length)
B1(*) G1A ball valve insertion. Extension 19cm diameter ø 24mm
BX(*) G1A ball valve insertion. Extension by request diameter ø 24mm
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE
English
Installation and operating instructions IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
* Not EHEDG certified & Not within the 3A approval
** Only in combination with Quartz, Sapphire lens and Kalrez Seals. And only 880nm
*** Do not exceed above 8% fat content.
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
46 - 03
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Pasve is the registered trademark of Satron Instruments Inc.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
3-A is a registered mark owned and administered by 3-A SSI.
148
Index
Index
BCs220
rev. 8
SATRON VCT Optical Consistency Transmitter
24.01.2017
SATRON VCT is an optical consistency transmitter. It is suitable for all
pulps consisting of a single grade, in consistency range of 0…7%Cs located mainly within the mechanical pulp processes (SWG, TMP, PWG and
CTMP). Typical applications are measurements to screens, outlet from
latency removal chest, screen rejects and many others. The Satron VCT
can provide an accurate and reliable consistency measurement without
need for regular maintenance.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Device enclosure, code K:
EN 1.4301 (AISI304)
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Repeatability
- 0.01% Cs.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: 0 to + 140 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output 3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Supply voltage and permissible load
- 24 VDC, -10 %, + 15 %, 100 mA
- 115/230 VAC, -15% ... +10% (device
enclosure)
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L (EN
1.4404), Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast.
C276 (EN 2.4819), or Titanium Gr2.
Safir glass
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
2.4819) or Titanium Gr2
Pressure class:
- PN25
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with M12
connector (H0T ):1.3 kg
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):1.7 kg
Remote Housing (L): 2.9 kg
Remote sensor (R): 2.9 kg
Device enclosure (K)6,2 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
Device enclosures (with display), code
K:
- PG13,5 inlet, 3 pcs
- The sensor signal M12 plug connector.
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Min. load using HART®communication 250 W
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
149
Index
Index
SATRON VCT Optical Consistency Transmitter
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V 50/60 Hz, code K.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
BCs220
24.1.2017
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, test connector box, code HT
150
Index
Index
SATRON VCT Optical Consistency Transmitter
BCs220
24.1.2017
312
Ø36
Ø24
20
Dimensions Satron VCT
110
159
95
Ø6,2
90
120
Satron VCT L-housing
PG9 std.
151
Index
Index
SATRON VCT Optical Consistency Transmitter
BCs220
24.01.2017
Selection Chart
Adjustability
VCT
Span, min Consistency Range
1% Cs
Process temperature limits
0...7% Cs
N
Normal version 0 ...+140 °C30...+200 °C
Output S
4-20mA DC/HART®
Body
Material of
2 AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
wetted parts
3 Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819)
6Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035)
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Housing type
N
H L
Lens
2 Sapphire glass
Seal 1EPDM
2FPM (Viton®)
3FFPM (Kalrez®)
Housing with display and pushbuttons (only with remote probe "R")
Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe, IP68
Connection type T
U
V
Cable Material M12, IP67
M12 & USB (only with N housing), IP67
PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
0
1
2
3
4
Cable length No, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0
2
No L or R option selected
15 meter
Light source 7 880nm
9 High IR
Process connections
B1 G1A ball valve insertion. Extension diameter ø 24mm
Device enclosure
K
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V, IP66.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE
English
Installation and operating instructions
IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
152
Index
Index
SATRON VCA Optical Total Consistency Transmitter + Ash
BCs230
rev. 3
24.01.2017
The SATRON VCA is a multichannel optical transmitter. It is suitable for
total & filler (ash %) consistency measurements in majority of the pulp &
paper applications.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Repeatability
- 0.01% Cs.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: 0 to + 140 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output
2 current outputs for Cs:
3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Supply voltage and permissible load
- 24 VDC, -10 %, + 15 %, 100 mA
- 115/230 VAC, -15% ... +10% (device
enclosure)
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L (EN
1.4404), Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast.
C276 (EN 2.4819), or Titanium Gr2.
Safir glass
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
2.4819) or Titanium Gr2
Pressure class:
- PN25
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Device enclosure, code K:
EN 1.4301 (AISI304)
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with M12
connector (H0T ):
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):
Remote Housing (L): Remote sensor (R): Device enclosure (K)
1.3 kg
1.7 kg
2.9 kg
2.9 kg
6,2 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
Device enclosures (with display), code
K:
- PG13,5 inlet, 3 pcs
- The sensor signal M12 plug connector.
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Min. load using HART®communication 250 W
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
153
Index
SATRON VCA Optical Total Consistency Transmitter + Ash
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V 50/60 Hz, code K.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
BCs230
24.01.2017
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, test connector box, code HT
154
Index
Index
SATRON VCA Optical Total Consistency Transmitter + Ash
BCs230
24.01.2017
312
Ø36
Ø24
20
Dimensions Satron VCA
110
159
95
Ø6,2
90
120
Satron VCA with L-housing
PG9 std.
155
Index
Index
SATRON VCA Optical Total Consistency Transmitter + Ash
BCs230
24.01.2017
Selection Chart
Adjustability VCA
Span, min Total Consistency Range
1% Cs
0...12% Cs
Process temperature limits
N
Normal version 0 ...+140 °C30...+200 °C
Output S
4-20mA DC/HART®
Body
Material of
2 AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
wetted parts
3 Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819)
6Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035)
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Housing type
N
H L
Filler consistency
0 ... 10% Cs
Lens
2 Sapphire glass
Seal 1 EPDM
2 FPM (Viton®)
3 FFPM (Kalrez®)
Housing with display and pushbuttons (only with remote probe "R")
Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe, IP68
Connection type T
U
V
Cable Material M12, IP67
M12 & USB (only with N housing), IP67
PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
0
1
2
3
4
Cable length No, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0
2
No L or R option selected
15 meter
Light source 0 880nm / High IR
4 880nm / 640 nm / 530 nm
7 880nm / 640 nm / 465 nm
Process connections
B1 G1A ball valve insertion. Extension diameter ø 24mm
Device enclosure
K
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V, IP66.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE English
Installation and operating instructions
IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
156
Index
BCs250
rev. 4
SATRON VCB Optical Brightness Transmitter
24.1.2017
The SATRON VCB is a multichannel optical Brightness transmitter, suitable for Brightness measurement in majority of the chemical and mechanical pulp, recycled and paper machine applications.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: 0 to + 140 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output
2 current outputs for Cs:
3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with M12
connector (H0T ):1.3 kg
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):1.7 kg
Remote Housing (L): 2.9 kg
Remote sensor (R): 2.9 kg
Device enclosure (K)6,2 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
Supply voltage and permissible load
- 24 VDC, -10 %, + 15 %, 100 mA
- 115/230 VAC, -15% ... +10% (device
enclosure)
Device enclosures (with display), code
K:
- PG13,5 inlet, 3 pcs
- The sensor signal M12 plug connector.
Humidity limits
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L (EN
1.4404), Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast.
C276 (EN 2.4819), or Titanium Gr2.
Safir glass
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
2.4819) or Titanium Gr2
Pressure class:
- PN25
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Device enclosure, code K:
EN 1.4301 (AISI304)
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Min. load using HART®communication 250 W
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
157
Index
Index
SATRON VCB Optical Brightness Transmitter
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V 50/60 Hz, code K.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
BCs250
24.1.2017
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, test connector box, code HT
158
Index
Index
SATRON VCB Optical Brightness Transmitter
BCs250
24.1.2017
312
Ø36
Ø24
20
Dimensions Satron VCB
110
159
95
Ø6,2
90
120
Satron VCB with L-housing
PG9 std.
159
Index
Index
SATRON VCB Optical Brightness Transmitter
BCs250
24.1.2017
Selection Chart
Adjustability
Measuring Range Span, min
Brightness
Consistency
20 - 95° SCAN
0...12% Cs 1% Cs
Process temperature limits
N
Normal version 0 ...+140 °C30...+200 °C
Output S
4-20mA DC/HART®
Body
Material of
2 AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
wetted parts
3 Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819)
6Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035)
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Housing type
N
H L
Lens
2 Sapphire glass
Seal 1EPDM
2FPM (Viton®)
3FFPM (Kalrez®)
Housing with display and pushbuttons (only with remote probe "R")
Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe, IP68
Connection type T
U
V
Cable Material M12, IP67
M12 & USB (only with N housing), IP67
PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
0
1
2
3
4
Cable length No, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0
2
No L or R option selected
15 meter
Light source 4 880nm / 640 nm / 530 nm
7 880nm / 640 nm / 465 nm
Process connections
B1 G1A ball valve insertion. Extension diameter ø 24mm
Device enclosure
K
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V, IP66.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE
English
Installation and operating instructions
IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
160
Index
BCs290
rev. 2
SATRON VCF Optical Freeness Transmitter
24.1.2017
The SATRON VCF is a multichannel optical transmitter, suitable for freeness measurement in broad range of the pulp & paper applications.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: 0 to + 140 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output
2 current outputs for Cs:
3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with M12
connector (H0T ):1.3 kg
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):1.7 kg
Remote Housing (L): 2.9 kg
Remote sensor (R): 2.9 kg
Device enclosure (K)6,2 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
Supply voltage and permissible load
- 24 VDC, -10 %, + 15 %, 100 mA
- 115/230 VAC, -15% ... +10% (device
enclosure)
Device enclosures (with display), code
K:
- PG13,5 inlet, 3 pcs
- The sensor signal M12 plug connector.
Humidity limits
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L (EN
1.4404), Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast.
C276 (EN 2.4819), or Titanium Gr2.
Safir glass
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
2.4819) or Titanium Gr2
Pressure class:
- PN25
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Device enclosure, code K:
EN 1.4301 (AISI304)
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Min. load using HART®communication 250 W
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
161
Index
SATRON VCF Optical Freeness Transmitter
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V 50/60 Hz, code K.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
BCs290
24.1.2017
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, test connector box, code HT
162
Index
SATRON VCF Optical Freeness Transmitter
BCs290
24.1.2017
312
Ø36
Ø24
20
Dimensions Satron VCF
110
159
95
Ø6,2
90
120
Satron VCF L-housing
PG9 std.
163
Index
SATRON VCF Optical Freeness Transmitter
BCs290
24.1.2017
Selection Chart
Adjustability
Measuring Range Span, min
Freeness
Consistency
0-800 CSF
0...12% Cs 1% Cs
Process temperature limits
N
Normal version 0 ...+140 °C30...+200 °C
Output S
4-20mA DC/HART®
Body
Material of
2 AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
wetted parts
3 Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819)
6Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035)
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Housing type
N
H L
Lens
2 Sapphire glass
Seal 1EPDM
2FPM (Viton®)
3FFPM (Kalrez®)
Housing with display and pushbuttons (only with remote probe "R")
Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe, IP68
Connection type T
U
V
Cable Material M12, IP67
M12 & USB (only with N housing), IP67
PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
0
1
2
3
4
Cable length No, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0
2
No L or R option selected
15 meter
Light source 4 880nm / 640 nm / 530 nm
7 880nm / 640 nm / 465 nm
Process connections
B1 G1A ball valve insertion. Extension diameter ø 24mm
Device enclosure
K
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V, IP66.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE
English
Installation and operating instructions
IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
164
Index
Index
SATRON VCK Optical Total Lignin Content Transmitter
BCs240
rev. 4
24.1.2017
The SATRON VCK is a multichannel optical transmitter, suitable for total
content measurement (fiber and filtrate) in majority of the Bleach plant applications.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Repeatability
- application specific
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to +80 °C
Process: 0 to + 140 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output
2 current outputs for Cs:
3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Supply voltage and permissible load
- 24 VDC, -10 %, + 15 %, 100 mA
- 115/230 VAC, -15% ... +10% (device
enclosure)
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L (EN
1.4404), Duplex (EN. 1.4462), Hast.
C276 (EN 2.4819), or Titanium Gr2.
Safir glass
Coupling 1): AISI316L (EN 1.4404),
Duplex (EN 1.4462), Hast.C276 (EN
2.4819) or Titanium Gr2
Pressure class:
- PN25
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected
with PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Device enclosure, code K:
EN 1.4301 (AISI304)
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Process connections
- With G1 connecting thread
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with M12
connector (H0T ):
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):
Remote Housing (L): Remote sensor (R): Device enclosure (K)
1.3 kg
1.7 kg
2.9 kg
2.9 kg
6,2 kg
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
Device enclosures (with display), code
K:
- PG13,5 inlet, 3 pcs
- The sensor signal M12 plug connector.
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Min. load using HART®communication 250 W
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
165
Index
Index
SATRON VCK Optical Total Lignin Content Transmitter
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V 50/60 Hz, code K.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L
BCs240
24.1.2017
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, test connector box, code HT
166
Index
SATRON VCK Optical Total Lignin Content Transmitter
BCs240
24.1.2017
312
Ø36
Ø24
20
Dimensions Satron VCK
110
159
95
Ø6,2
90
120
Satron VCK with L-housing
PG9 std.
167
Index
Index
SATRON VCK Optical Total Lignin Content Transmitter
BCs240
24.1.2017
Selection Chart
Adjustability
Kappa
Measuring Range Span, min
Consistency
0 - 50 Kappa points
0...12% Cs 1% Cs
Process temperature limits
N
Normal version 0 ...+140 °C30...+200 °C
Output S
4-20mA DC/HART®
Body
Material of
2 AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
wetted parts
3 Hast. C 276 (EN 2.4819)
6Titanium Gr2 (EN 3.7035)
8 Duplex (EN 1.4462)
Housing type
N
H L
Lens
2 Sapphire glass
Seal 1 EPDM
2 FPM (Viton®)
3 FFPM (Kalrez®)
Housing with display and pushbuttons (only with remote probe "R")
Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe, IP68
Connection type T
U
V
Cable Material M12, IP67
M12 & USB (only with N housing), IP67
PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
0
1
2
3
4
Cable length No, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0
2
No L or R option selected
15 meter
Light source 4 880nm / 640 nm / 530 nm 7 880nm / 640 nm / 465 nm
Process connections
B1 G1A ball valve insertion. Extension diameter ø 24mm
Device enclosure
K
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V, IP66.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE English
Installation and operating instructions
IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
168
Index
BCs260
rev. 3
SATRON VCL Optical Consistency Transmitter
05.08.2016
Satron VCL in an optical consistency transmitter. The sensor uses linearly polarized
light from a LED light, which is passed through the measurement cell. The transmitted
light is split into two beams in a transverse polarizing beam splitter. The beams are detected by photodiodes and combined to produce a relative depolarization signal, which
is a function of the total consistency. The relative depolarization signal is insensitive to
brightness, color, freeness or to soluble additives. The sensor is suitable for screened
pulp application in the consistency range of approximately 0…1.5%Cs.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring range and span
See Selection Chart.
Zero and Span adjustment
Zero elevation: Calibrated span is
freely selectable on the specified range
depending from the desired option.
This can be made by using keyboard
(display option) or HART®275/375
communicator.
Damping
- Time constant is continuously
adjustable 0.01 to 60 s.
Temperature limits
Ambient: -30 to + 80 °C
Process: 0 to + 100 °C
Shipping and storage: -40 to +80 °C.
Output
2 current outputs for Cs:
3-wire (3W), 4-20 mA
Supply voltage and permissible load
- 24 VDC, -10 %, + 15 %, 100 mA
- 115/230 VAC, -15% ... +10% (device
enclosure)
Humidity limits
0-100 % RH
EMC directive 2004/108/EC
- EN 61326-1:2005
CONSTRUCTION
Materials:
Sensing element 1): AISI316L (EN
1.4404), Sapphire glass, PEEK
Pressure class:
- PN10
Housing with display,
codes N0S & N0T:
Housing: AISI303/316, Seals: Nitrilerubber and Viton®,
Nameplates: Polyester
Housing with M12 connector, code
H0T: Housing: AISI303/316, Seals:
Viton® and NBR.
Connection hose between sensing
element and housing
Codes L and R :
PUR signal cable or hose protected with
PTFE/AISI316 braiding
Device enclosure, code K:
EN 1.4301 (AISI304)
Calibration
For customer-specified range with
minimum damping. (If range is not
specified, transmitter is calibrated for
maximum range.)
Electrical connections
Housing with PLUG connector, code
H0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with M12 connector, code H0T:
M12 plug connector
Housing with display, code N0S:
Connector type DIN 43650 model AF;
Pg9 gland for cable; wire cross-section
0.5 to 1.5 mm2.
Housing with display, code N0T:
M12 plug connector
Device enclosures (with display), code
K:
- PG13,5 inlet, 3 pcs
- The sensor signal M12 plug connector.
I/O-connections
bout1-3
Relay, grounding contact
Maximum voltage
Maximum current
Maximum leakage current
bin1-3
NC (no connection)
0...2 V
35 V
50 mA
10 µA
Process connections
- G1/2A threads
- 3/4" -20, UNEF for 1/2" FEP hose
Protection class: See Selection chart.
Weight
Housing with M12
connector (H0T ):
Housing with display
(N0S & N0T):
Remote Housing (L): Remote sensor (R): Device enclosure (K)
1.4 kg
1.8kg
2.9 kg
2.9 kg
6,2 kg
OFF
ON
Minimum values for switch in use
Voltage
16 V
Current
4 mA
Leakage current
1 mA
Current output1
Range
Maximum load
Factory setting
3.5...23 mA
600 Ω
4...20 mA
Current output2
Internal power supply
Current output 2 has same ground as
binary IO
Maximum load
400 Ω
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
External power supply
Current output 2 is galvanically isolated
Maximum supply voltage 35 VDC
Range
3.5...23 mA
Factory setting
4...20 mA
Maximum load, See picture below
Maximum isolation voltage 100 VDC
Min. load using HART®communication 250 W
R max = Supply voltage -5 V
I max
I max = 20,5 mA
I max = 22,5 mA
(when the alarm current 22,5 mA is
on)
Current output 2
External power supply
1)
Parts in contact with process medium
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, FI-33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
169
Index
SATRON VCL Optical Consistency Transmitter
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, code HT
Wiring
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V 50/60 Hz, code K.
Only housing type L.
Wiring
Remote electronics housing with display, code L.
BCs260
05.08.2016
Wiring
Housing with M12-connector, test connector box, code HT
170
Index
SATRON VCL Optical Consistency Transmitter
BCs260
05.08.2016
Dimensions Satron VCL
110
159
95
Ø6,2
90
120
L-housing
PG9 std.
Index
171
SATRON VCL Optical Consistency Transmitter
VCL accessory kit - M1390050
BCs260
05.08.2016
172
Index
Index
SATRON VCL Optical Consistency Transmitter
BCs260
05.08.2016
Selection Chart
Adjustability VCL
Span, min Consistency range
0.1%Cs 0...1.5%Cs
Process temperature limits
N
Normal version 0 ...+100 °C30...+200 °C
Output S
4-20mA DC/HART®
Body
Material of
2 AISI316L (EN 1.4404)
wetted parts
Housing type
N
H L
Lens
2 Sapphire glass
Seal 1 EPDM
Housing with display and pushbuttons
Housing with, no display, (only one mA output)
Remote electronics housing with display
Probetype
0
No remote probe
R Remote measuring probe (not available with L housing), IP68
Connection type T
U
V
Cable Material M12, IP67
M12 & USB (only with N housing), IP67
PG9 (always with L housing), IP66
0
1
2
3
4
Cable length No, L or R selected
PUR cable.
AISI316L braided PTFE hose.
Steel reinforced PUR hose.
PVC cable
0
2
No L or R option selected
15 meter
Light source 7 880nm
Process connections
B2
G1/2A, BSPP
W1 3/4" -20, UNEF for 1/2" FEP hose with ferrule + nut
Device enclosure
K
Remote electronic in the device enclosure. Power
supply 115/230 V, IP66.
Only housing type L and probe type R with display.
Documentation
Calibration certificate AE English
Installation and operating instructions
IE English IF Finnish FR French
Material certificates
0 No material certificate
MC1 Raw material certificate without appendices, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.1 (DIN 50049-2.1) standard
MC2 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-2.2 (DIN 50049-2.2) standard
MC3 Raw material certificate for wetted parts, in accordance with SFS-EN 10204-3.1 B (DIN 50049-3.1 B) standard
We reserve the right for technical modifications without prior notice.
HART is the registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation.
Hastelloy is the registered trademark of Haynes International.
Viton is the registered trademark of DuPont Down Elastomer.
173
Index
7/01
Sampling
SATRON SAVE sampler
11.11.2013
......... G800
Since the consistency transmitters measure the mass
density, indirectly, their tuning stability is monitored by
sampling.
By definition, the security will be affected by the
sampling instrument and laboratory equipment, as well
as goodness, above all, a sufficient number of samples.
Enough certainty to take at one time, we recommend
five samples, each of which separately are displayed
configuration.
SAVE has been designed for controlled and safe
sampling of pulp slurry.
SAVE’s head is shaped and dimensioned to ensure a
representative sample. The sampler head is inserted
deep into the process pipe, past the water layer flowing
along the pipe wall.
SAVE’s interior parts can be flushed with water after the
sample has been taken, to prevent build up or blockage
of sampler.
12
15
7
25
30
Since the sampling valve’s shut-off mechanism is at the
head of the sampler, SAVE will not get blocked even
during long duty intervals.
27
32
1
4
Water
2
SAVE’s piston utilizes metal-to-metal sealing and does
not include any wearing parts, such as rubber seals.
33
34
Installation of SAVE
20
32
SAVE is mounted at a point in the process line that will
provide a representative sample. It must not be installed
in a dead zone of flow. Refer to the illustrations and
instructions in SAVE sampler’s user’s guide (document
G800AV).
SAVE is mounted is an opening made on the process
pipe through a process coupling selected in accordance
with the Selection Chart. TA and SA couplings are
welded on the process pipe, while FA type is laminated
on plastic process pipe.
After SAVE has been mounted on the process pipe you
attach the supplied 400 mm plastic discharge tube with
a hose clamp. This will ensure that the sample will not
splash.
Flushing with water is recommended in all installations.
For this purpose a waterline equipped with a shutoff
valve is needed to be connected to the sampler.
Sample
31
7.
12.
15.
20.
25.
27.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
Stop nut
Mounting clamp
Process coupling
Discharge tube
Actuating cylinder
Manually operated compressed air valve
Valve OPEN / CLOSED detector assy 1)
Overflow tunnel 2)
Water valve 1)
Water flushing connection
Water pipe 2)
1)
2)
Types of SAVE
Is supplied on special order
Not supplied with SAVE
SAVE sampler is available for a manually operated
(SAVE MD), as well as air-powered (SAVE AD).
Manual probe is easily applied to join to-reach
destinations. Pneumatically controlled the probe is also
suitable for difficult-to-reach destinations.
Satron Instruments Oy, PL 22, 33900 Tampere
Puh. 0207 464 800, Telefax 0207 464 801, www.satron.com
Index
Index
174
SAVE
G800
Revision 3
16.08.2016
Sampler
SAVE has been designed for controlled and safe sampling of
pulp slurry.
SAVE’s head is shaped and dimensioned to ensure a
representative sample. The sampler head is inserted deep into
the process pipe, past the water layer flowing along the pipe
wall.
SAVE’s interior parts can be flushed with water after the sample
has been taken, to prevent build up or blockage of sampler.
Since the sampling valve’s shut-off mechanism is at the head
of the sampler, SAVE will not get blocked even during long duty
intervals.
SAVE’s piston utilizes metal-to-metal sealing and does not
include any wearing parts, such as rubber seals.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Selection Chart
Applicability
- Concistency range 0...8 % Cs
Process pressure
- Minimum process pressure for differen
consistencies: refer to Fig 1
- Maximum process pressure: 2,5 MPa (25 bar), except when coupling material is
fibreglass-reinforced plastic: 1,6 MPa
- Pneumatic actuator has a return spring that
shuts the valve when pressure is lost.
Supply air pressure ps (AD actuator)
-ps min = 1/3 x process pressure;
-ps max = 1,0 MPa (10 bar)
Max. discharge rate of pulp
- at different process pressure: refer to Fig. 2.
Types
SA TA FA FB SAVE
Clamp mounting NS40
1 1/2 - NPS thread
Flange mounting DN40 PN16
Flange mounting DN48 1)
Material for wetted parts 2)
2
EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
3
EN 2.4819 (Hast.C276)
6
EN 3.7035 (Titaani Ti-II)
Material for process coupling
2
EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
3
EN 2.4819 (Hast.C276)
6
EN 3.7035 (Titanium Ti-II)
9
Fibreglass-reinforced plastic
Connectors
- Water flushing connector: G1/4
- Pneumatic connections for cylinder and
regulating valve: G1/8 (5 pcs)
Function
MDManual
AD Pneumatic
Materials
- Parts in constant contact with process
medium: refer to Selection Chart
- Other parts: EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
- Pneumatic cylinder: aluminium alloy
- Piston rod: hard chrome plated steel
Open / closed detector
0
None
1)
Special
size for 4 x M6 bolted flange, dimensions on page 3
2)
Only parts in constant contact with process medium; other parts
always EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
Weight
SAVE SA SAVE TA
SAVE FA Function
MD
AD
1.9 kg
2.1kg
1.7 kg 1.9 kg
5.0 kg 5.2 kg
Pulps:
- long-fibered chemical pulp
- groundwood pulp
- recycled fibre pulp
- short-fibered chemical pulp
-TMP
-CTMP
p / MPa
0,3
0,2
}
}
Cs
= 0...4 %
Cs
= 0...2 %
Q
dm³/s
2,6
2,4
2,2
2,0
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
p / MPa
0,05
0,1
Cs/%
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Figure 1 Minimum process pressure
at different consistencies
0,15
0,3
0,4
At higher consistencies the sample discharge rate is lower.
Figure 2 Maximum discharge rate of pulp at different process pressures with
maximum valve opening.
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, 33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
175
Index
Index
G800
Revision 3
16.08.2016
SAVE Sampler
Mounting SAVE with pneumatic cylinder
(Function AD)
15
7
12
25
30
34
4
27
1
32
2
33
20
32
31
7. Stop nut
12. Mounting clamp
15. Process coupling
20. Discharge tube
25. Actuating cylinder
27. Manually operated compressed air valve
30. Valve OPEN / CLOSED detector assy 1)
31. Overflow tunnel 2)
32. Water valve 1)
33. Water flushing connection
34. Water pipe 2)
1)
2)
European Directive Information
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
- Available only for SAVE sampler with the pneumatic cylinder
(AD)
- Assessment of conformity with internal checks on the manufacture of machinery.
Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
- Sound Engineering Practice
Installation
SAVE is mounted at a point in the process line that will provide a
representative sample. It must not be installed in a dead zone of
flow. Refer to the illustrations and instructions in SAVE sampler’s
user’s guide (document G800AV).
SAVE is mounted is an opening made on the process pipe through
a process coupling selected in accordance with the Selection Chart.
TA and SA couplings are welded on the process pipe, while FA type
is laminated on plastic process pipe.
After SAVE has been mounted on the process pipe you attach the
supplied 400 mm plastic discharge tube with a hose clamp. This will
ensure that the sample will not splash.
Flushing with water is recommended in all installations. For this
purpose a waterline equipped with a shutoff valve is needed to be
connected to the sampler. Samplers with Titanium or Hastelloy C276
wetted parts flushing must be connected to prevent corrosion of the
samplers interior parts.
Solenoid valves (SAVE AD) must be equipped with restrictors at
outlet side to dampen the piston movement.
NOTE!
If the process pressure exceeds 1,0 MPa (10 bar) the strength of
the connection between process coupling and process pipe has to
be calculated separately in accodance with the pipework’s pressure
endurance. If necessary, the connection must be reinforced.
Is supplied on special order
Not supplied with SAVE
SAVE SA
2/3/6
2/3/6/9 MD
0
SAVE TA
SAVE SA
2/3/6
2/3/6/9 AD
0
SA Coupling M1035200
2/3/6
2/3/6/9 MD
0
TA Coupling M1035224
176
Index
Index
G800
Revision 3
16.08.2016
SAVE Sampler
SAVE FA
2/3/6
SAVE FB
FA Coupling M1035230
2/3/6/9 MD
2/3/6
0
2/3/6/9 MD
(L75)
0
FB Coupling M1035233
177
Index
SAVE H
G810
Rev.3
26.09.2016
Pulp sampler for high-consistencies
Satron SAVE H is a pneumatically actuated sampling
valve designed for high-consistency wood pulps and/or
pulp containing shives and knots.
The sampler is suitable for all pulp sampling applications
in the pulp and paper industry.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Applicability
- Concistency range 0...18 % Cs
Process pressure
- Minimum process pressure for different
consistencies: refer to Fig 1
- Maximum process pressure:
2,5 MPa (25 bar), fiberglass-reinforced
plastic process coupling 1MPa(10 bar)
Supply air pressure ps (AD actuator)
- 0,5MPa < ps< 0,8Mpa, (5 bar < ps< 8 bar)
- ps = 0,6MPa recommended
- Pneumatic actuator has a return spring that
shuts the valve when pressure is lost.
Connectors
- Water flushing connector:
R3/4
- Pneumatic connectors for cylinder:
R1/4 (R1/8 adapters included)
- Pneumatic connectors for regulating valve:
R1/8
Materials
- Parts in constant contact with process
medium: EN 1.4404 (AISI316L) + UNS
S21800 (Nitronic 60) or EN 3.7035(Ti-ll)
- Other parts: EN 1.4404 (AISI316L),
aluminium alloy
Mounting types
SAH Clamp
FAH Flange DN80 PN40
Material for sampler
2
EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
6
EN 3.7035 (Titaani Ti-II)
Material for process coupling
0
No process coupling
2
EN 1.4404 (AISI316L)
6
EN 3.7035 (Titanium Ti-II)
9
Fibreglass-reinforced plastic
Coupling type
0 No process coupling
2 Blow line DN150 4 Blow line DN300-400
Open / closed detector
0
None
1
Yes (for pneumatic actuator only)
European Directive Information
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
- Assessment of conformity with internal checks on the
manufacture of machinery.
Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) (97/23/EC)
- Sound Engineering Practice
p / MPa
0,6
0,4
0,2
Cs/%
0
SAVE H FA 13 kg 1 Normal
3 Blow line DN200-250
5 Blow line DN500-700
Function
AD Pneumatic
Couplings
- Normal coupling is a clamp mounted
standard coupling for the valve.
- Blow line coupling is suited for abrasive
applications for example digester blow line.
Weight
SAVE H SA 7 kg
SAVE H
Selection Chart
5
10
15
20
Figure 1 Minimum process pressure
at different consistencies
Satron Instruments Inc., P.O.Box 22, 33901 Tampere, Finland
Tel. +358 207 464 800, Telefax +358 207 464 801, www.satron.com
Index
SAVE H
178
G810
Rev. 3
26.09.2016
Pulp sampler for high-consistencies
Dimensions
R1/4
R1/4
SAVE H SAH 2/6
0
0 AD 0
R1/4
SAVE H FAH 2/6
R1/4
0
0 AD 0
Index
179
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising